--- /dev/null
+# Universal Unix Makefile for Python extensions
+# =============================================
+
+# Short Instructions
+# ------------------
+
+# 1. Build and install Python (1.5 or newer).
+# 2. "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot"
+# 3. "make"
+# You should now have a shared library.
+
+# Long Instructions
+# -----------------
+
+# Build *and install* the basic Python 1.5 distribution. See the
+# Python README for instructions. (This version of Makefile.pre.in
+# only withs with Python 1.5, alpha 3 or newer.)
+
+# Create a file Setup.in for your extension. This file follows the
+# format of the Modules/Setup.in file; see the instructions there.
+# For a simple module called "spam" on file "spammodule.c", it can
+# contain a single line:
+# spam spammodule.c
+# You can build as many modules as you want in the same directory --
+# just have a separate line for each of them in the Setup.in file.
+
+# If you want to build your extension as a shared library, insert a
+# line containing just the string
+# *shared*
+# at the top of your Setup.in file.
+
+# Note that the build process copies Setup.in to Setup, and then works
+# with Setup. It doesn't overwrite Setup when Setup.in is changed, so
+# while you're in the process of debugging your Setup.in file, you may
+# want to edit Setup instead, and copy it back to Setup.in later.
+# (All this is done so you can distribute your extension easily and
+# someone else can select the modules they actually want to build by
+# commenting out lines in the Setup file, without editing the
+# original. Editing Setup is also used to specify nonstandard
+# locations for include or library files.)
+
+# Copy this file (Misc/Makefile.pre.in) to the directory containing
+# your extension.
+
+# Run "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot". This creates Makefile
+# (producing Makefile.pre and sedscript as intermediate files) and
+# config.c, incorporating the values for sys.prefix, sys.exec_prefix
+# and sys.version from the installed Python binary. For this to work,
+# the python binary must be on your path. If this fails, try
+# make -f Makefile.pre.in Makefile VERSION=1.5 installdir=<prefix>
+# where <prefix> is the prefix used to install Python for installdir
+# (and possibly similar for exec_installdir=<exec_prefix>).
+
+# Note: "make boot" implies "make clobber" -- it assumes that when you
+# bootstrap you may have changed platforms so it removes all previous
+# output files.
+
+# If you are building your extension as a shared library (your
+# Setup.in file starts with *shared*), run "make" or "make sharedmods"
+# to build the shared library files. If you are building a statically
+# linked Python binary (the only solution of your platform doesn't
+# support shared libraries, and sometimes handy if you want to
+# distribute or install the resulting Python binary), run "make
+# python".
+
+# Note: Each time you edit Makefile.pre.in or Setup, you must run
+# "make Makefile" before running "make".
+
+# Hint: if you want to use VPATH, you can start in an empty
+# subdirectory and say (e.g.):
+# make -f ../Makefile.pre.in boot srcdir=.. VPATH=..
+
+
+# === Bootstrap variables (edited through "make boot") ===
+
+# The prefix used by "make inclinstall libainstall" of core python
+installdir= /usr/local
+
+# The exec_prefix used by the same
+exec_installdir=$(installdir)
+
+# Source directory and VPATH in case you want to use VPATH.
+# (You will have to edit these two lines yourself -- there is no
+# automatic support as the Makefile is not generated by
+# config.status.)
+srcdir= .
+VPATH= .
+
+# === Variables that you may want to customize (rarely) ===
+
+# (Static) build target
+TARGET= python
+
+# Installed python binary (used only by boot target)
+PYTHON= python
+
+# Add more -I and -D options here
+CFLAGS= $(OPT) -I$(INCLUDEPY) -I$(EXECINCLUDEPY) $(DEFS)
+
+# These two variables can be set in Setup to merge extensions.
+# See example[23].
+BASELIB=
+BASESETUP=
+
+# === Variables set by makesetup ===
+
+MODOBJS= _MODOBJS_
+MODLIBS= _MODLIBS_
+
+# === Definitions added by makesetup ===
+
+# === Variables from configure (through sedscript) ===
+
+VERSION= @VERSION@
+CC= @CC@
+LINKCC= @LINKCC@
+SGI_ABI= @SGI_ABI@
+OPT= @OPT@
+LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@
+LDLAST= @LDLAST@
+DEFS= @DEFS@
+LIBS= @LIBS@
+LIBM= @LIBM@
+LIBC= @LIBC@
+RANLIB= @RANLIB@
+MACHDEP= @MACHDEP@
+SO= @SO@
+LDSHARED= @LDSHARED@
+CCSHARED= @CCSHARED@
+LINKFORSHARED= @LINKFORSHARED@
+#@SET_CCC@
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-independent files
+prefix= /usr/local
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-dependent files
+exec_prefix= $(prefix)
+
+# === Fixed definitions ===
+
+# Shell used by make (some versions default to the login shell, which is bad)
+SHELL= /bin/sh
+
+# Expanded directories
+BINDIR= $(exec_installdir)/bin
+LIBDIR= $(exec_prefix)/lib
+MANDIR= $(installdir)/man
+INCLUDEDIR= $(installdir)/include
+SCRIPTDIR= $(prefix)/lib
+
+# Detailed destination directories
+BINLIBDEST= $(LIBDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+LIBDEST= $(SCRIPTDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+INCLUDEPY= $(INCLUDEDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+EXECINCLUDEPY= $(exec_installdir)/include/python$(VERSION)
+LIBP= $(exec_installdir)/lib/python$(VERSION)
+DESTSHARED= $(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages
+
+LIBPL= $(LIBP)/config
+
+PYTHONLIBS= $(LIBPL)/libpython$(VERSION).a
+
+MAKESETUP= $(LIBPL)/makesetup
+MAKEFILE= $(LIBPL)/Makefile
+CONFIGC= $(LIBPL)/config.c
+CONFIGCIN= $(LIBPL)/config.c.in
+SETUP= $(LIBPL)/Setup
+
+SYSLIBS= $(LIBM) $(LIBC)
+
+ADDOBJS= $(LIBPL)/python.o config.o
+
+# Portable install script (configure doesn't always guess right)
+INSTALL= $(LIBPL)/install-sh -c
+# Shared libraries must be installed with executable mode on some systems;
+# rather than figuring out exactly which, we always give them executable mode.
+# Also, making them read-only seems to be a good idea...
+INSTALL_SHARED= ${INSTALL} -m 555
+
+#---------------------------------------------------
+# Possibly change some definintions for C++
+ifdef MY_LDSHARED
+LDSHARED=$(MY_LDSHARED)
+endif
+ifdef MY_LINKCC
+LINKCC=$(MY_LINKCC)
+endif
+
+
+# === Fixed rules ===
+
+# Default target. This builds shared libraries only
+default: sharedmods
+
+# Build everything
+all: static sharedmods
+
+# Build shared libraries from our extension modules
+sharedmods: $(SHAREDMODS)
+
+# Build a static Python binary containing our extension modules
+static: $(TARGET)
+$(TARGET): $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) Makefile $(BASELIB)
+ $(LINKCC) $(LDFLAGS) $(LINKFORSHARED) \
+ $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) \
+ $(LINKPATH) $(BASELIB) $(MODLIBS) $(LIBS) $(SYSLIBS) \
+ -o $(TARGET) $(LDLAST)
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This is a default version of the install target for wxPython. It just
+# redirects to wxInstall below...
+
+install: wxInstall
+
+#install: sharedmods
+# if test ! -d $(DESTSHARED) ; then \
+# mkdir $(DESTSHARED) ; else true ; fi
+# -for i in X $(SHAREDMODS); do \
+# if test $$i != X; \
+# then $(INSTALL_SHARED) $$i $(DESTSHARED)/$$i; \
+# fi; \
+# done
+
+
+# Build the library containing our extension modules
+lib.a: $(MODOBJS)
+ -rm -f lib.a
+ ar cr lib.a $(MODOBJS)
+ -$(RANLIB) lib.a
+
+# This runs makesetup *twice* to use the BASESETUP definition from Setup
+config.c Makefile: Makefile.pre Setup $(BASESETUP) $(MAKESETUP)
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile do-it-again
+
+# Internal target to run makesetup for the second time
+do-it-again:
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+
+# Make config.o from the config.c created by makesetup
+config.o: config.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c config.c
+
+# Setup is copied from Setup.in *only* if it doesn't yet exist
+Setup:
+ cp Setup.in Setup
+
+# Make the intermediate Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+Makefile.pre: Makefile.pre.in sedscript
+ sed -f sedscript Makefile.pre.in >Makefile.pre
+
+# Shortcuts to make the sed arguments on one line
+P=prefix
+E=exec_prefix
+H=Generated automatically from Makefile.pre.in by sedscript.
+L=LINKFORSHARED
+
+# Make the sed script used to create Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+sedscript: $(MAKEFILE)
+ sed -n \
+ -e '1s/.*/1i\\/p' \
+ -e '2s%.*%# $H%p' \
+ -e '/^VERSION=/s/^VERSION=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@VERSION[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CC=/s/^CC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCC=/s/^CCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%#@SET_CCC[@]%CCC=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LINKCC=/s/^LINKCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LINKCC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^OPT=/s/^OPT=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@OPT[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDFLAGS=/s/^LDFLAGS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDFLAGS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^DEFS=/s/^DEFS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@DEFS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBS=/s/^LIBS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBM=/s/^LIBM=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBM[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBC=/s/^LIBC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^RANLIB=/s/^RANLIB=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@RANLIB[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^MACHDEP=/s/^MACHDEP=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@MACHDEP[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^SO=/s/^SO=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@SO[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDSHARED=/s/^LDSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCSHARED=/s/^CCSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CCSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$L=/s/^$L=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@$L[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$P=/s/^$P=\(.*\)/s%^$P=.*%$P=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$E=/s/^$E=\(.*\)/s%^$E=.*%$E=\1%/p' \
+ $(MAKEFILE) >sedscript
+ echo "/^#@SET_CCC@/d" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^installdir=/s%=.*%= $(installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^exec_installdir=/s%=.*%=$(exec_installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^srcdir=/s%=.*%= $(srcdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^VPATH=/s%=.*%= $(VPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^LINKPATH=/s%=.*%= $(LINKPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASELIB=/s%=.*%= $(BASELIB)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASESETUP=/s%=.*%= $(BASESETUP)%" >>sedscript
+
+# Bootstrap target
+boot: clobber
+ VERSION=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.version[:3]"`; \
+ installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.prefix"`; \
+ exec_installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.exec_prefix"`; \
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile.pre.in VPATH=$(VPATH) srcdir=$(srcdir) \
+ VERSION=$$VERSION \
+ installdir=$$installdir \
+ exec_installdir=$$exec_installdir \
+ Makefile
+
+# Handy target to remove intermediate files and backups
+clean:
+ -rm -f *.o *~
+
+# Handy target to remove everything that is easily regenerated
+clobber: clean
+ -rm -f *.a tags TAGS config.c Makefile.pre $(TARGET) sedscript
+ -rm -f *.so *.sl so_locations
+
+
+# Handy target to remove everything you don't want to distribute
+distclean: clobber
+ -rm -f Makefile Setup
+
+
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Custom rules and dependencies added for wxPython
+#
+
+WXP_VERSION=2.1b2
+
+# WXP_SRCDIR=../wxPython/src
+
+SWIGFLAGS=-c++ -shadow -python -dnone -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) -D__WXGTK__ $(SEPARATE)
+
+
+# Implicit rules to run SWIG
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.cpp : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp $<
+ rm $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp
+
+
+wxInstall : sharedmods $(PYMODULES)
+ if test ! -d $(TARGETDIR) ; then \
+ mkdir $(TARGETDIR) ; else true ; fi
+ if [ "$(SHAREDMODS)" != "" ]; then \
+ chmod 755 $(SHAREDMODS); \
+ cp $(SHAREDMODS) $(TARGETDIR); fi
+ -for i in $(PYMODULES); do \
+ cp $$i $(TARGETDIR); \
+ done
+ if [ "$(TARGETDIR)" != ".." ]; then \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ else \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR);\
+ fi
+
+$(GENCODEDIR)/_glcanvas.cpp:
+ -cp $(WXWIN)/utils/glcanvas/$(GENCODEDIR)/glcanvas.cpp $@
+ -cp $(WXWIN)/utils/glcanvas/$(GENCODEDIR)/glcanvas.h $(GENCODEDIR)/glcanvas.h
+
--- /dev/null
+## This file gives the details of what is needed to build this extension
+## module so the Makefile can be created.
+
+## If you have not done "make install" for wxWindows then see Setup.in.linux
+## for a more verbose version of this file.
+
+*shared*
+
+CCC=c++
+WXWIN=../../../..
+GENCODEDIR=gtk
+# srcdir=$(GENCODEDIR)
+WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS=`wx-config --cflags`
+WX_CONFIG_LIBS=`wx-config --libs`
+
+
+## Depending on how your Python was built, you may have to set this
+## value to use the C++ driver to link with instead of the default
+## C driver. For example:
+MY_LDSHARED=$(CCC) -shared
+
+## Same as above, but for statically linking Python and wxPython together,
+## in other words, if you comment out the *shared* above. If this is the
+## case then you should ensure that the main() function is Python's, not
+## wxWindows'. You can rebuild $(WXWIN)/src/gtk/app.cpp with NOMAIN defined
+## to force this...
+MY_LINKCC=$(CCC)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Below follow settings that may be specific for a wxPython module
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+## Pick one of these, or set your own. This is where the wxPython module
+## should be installed. It should be a subdirectory named wxPython.
+#TARGETDIR=../..
+TARGETDIR=$(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages/wxPython
+
+# The location of the wxPython source dir
+WXP_SRCDIR=../../src
+
+# These defines are usually best left alone
+C_DEFINES = -DSWIG_GLOBAL -DWXP_USE_THREAD -DSEPARATE
+C_FLAGS = -I. -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) $(WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS)
+# Add a couple of GL libraries
+C_LIBS = -lwxPyHelpers -lMesaGL -lMesaGLU $(WX_CONFIG_LIBS)
+
+PYMODULES = $(GENCODEDIR)/glcanvas.py
+
+glcanvasc $(GENCODEDIR)/glcanvas.cpp $(GENCODEDIR)/_glcanvas.cpp \
+ $(C_DEFINES) $(C_FLAGS) -Xlinker $(C_LIBS)
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: glcanvas.i
+// Purpose: SWIG definitions for the OpenGL wxWindows classes
+//
+// Author: Robin Dunn
+//
+// Created: 15-Mar-1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 by Total Control Software
+// Licence: wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+%module glcanvas
+
+%{
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include <glcanvas.h>
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%include typemaps.i
+%include my_typemaps.i
+
+%extern wx.i
+%extern windows.i
+%extern windows2.i
+%extern windows3.i
+%extern frames.i
+%extern _defs.i
+%extern misc.i
+%extern gdi.i
+%extern controls.i
+%extern events.i
+
+
+%{
+#if defined(SEPARATE) && defined(__WXMSW__)
+ static wxString wxPyEmptyStr("");
+ static wxPoint wxPyDefaultPosition(-1, -1);
+ static wxSize wxPyDefaultSize(-1, -1);
+#endif
+%}
+
+%pragma(python) code = "import wx"
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxPalette;
+class wxWindow;
+class wxSize;
+class wxPoint;
+class wxGLCanvas;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxGLContext {
+public:
+ wxGLContext(bool isRGB, wxGLCanvas *win, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+ ~wxGLContext();
+
+ void SetCurrent();
+ void SetColour(const char *colour);
+ void SwapBuffers();
+
+#ifdef __WXGTK__
+ void SetupPixelFormat();
+ void SetupPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+ wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette();
+ wxPalette* GetPalette();
+#endif
+
+ wxWindow* GetWindow();
+};
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxGLCanvas : public wxScrolledWindow {
+public:
+ wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxPyDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxPyDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const char* name = "GLCanvas",
+ int *attribList = 0,
+ const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+
+ %pragma(python) addtomethod = "__init__:wx._StdWindowCallbacks(self)"
+
+ void SetCurrent();
+ void SetColour(const char *colour);
+ void SwapBuffers();
+
+ wxGLContext* GetContext();
+};
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef unsigned int GLenum;
+typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
+typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
+typedef signed char GLbyte;
+typedef short GLshort;
+typedef int GLint;
+typedef int GLsizei;
+typedef unsigned char GLubyte;
+typedef unsigned short GLushort;
+typedef unsigned int GLuint;
+typedef float GLfloat;
+typedef float GLclampf;
+typedef double GLdouble;
+typedef double GLclampd;
+typedef void GLvoid;
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/* EXT_vertex_array */
+void glArrayElementEXT(GLint i);
+void glColorPointerEXT(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glDrawArraysEXT(GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+void glEdgeFlagPointerEXT(GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLboolean *pointer);
+void glGetPointervEXT(GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+void glIndexPointerEXT(GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glNormalPointerEXT(GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glTexCoordPointerEXT(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glVertexPointerEXT(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+/* EXT_color_subtable */
+void glColorSubtableEXT(GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLsizei count, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+#endif
+
+/* EXT_color_table */
+void glColorTableEXT(GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+void glCopyColorTableEXT(GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+#endif
+void glGetColorTableEXT(GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *table);
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+void glGetColorTableParamaterfvEXT(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetColorTavleParameterivEXT(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+/* SGI_compiled_vertex_array */
+void glLockArraysSGI(GLint first, GLsizei count);
+void glUnlockArraysSGI();
+
+/* SGI_cull_vertex */
+void glCullParameterdvSGI(GLenum pname, GLdouble* params);
+void glCullParameterfvSGI(GLenum pname, GLfloat* params);
+
+/* SGI_index_func */
+void glIndexFuncSGI(GLenum func, GLclampf ref);
+
+/* SGI_index_material */
+void glIndexMaterialSGI(GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+
+/* WIN_swap_hint */
+void glAddSwapHintRectWin(GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// From GL.H
+
+enum {
+ GL_2D,
+ GL_2_BYTES,
+ GL_3D,
+ GL_3D_COLOR,
+ GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE,
+ GL_3_BYTES,
+ GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE,
+ GL_4_BYTES,
+ GL_ACCUM,
+ GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS,
+ GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS,
+ GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT,
+ GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE,
+ GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS,
+ GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS,
+ GL_ADD,
+ GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS,
+ GL_ALPHA,
+ GL_ALPHA12,
+ GL_ALPHA16,
+ GL_ALPHA4,
+ GL_ALPHA8,
+ GL_ALPHA_BIAS,
+ GL_ALPHA_BITS,
+ GL_ALPHA_SCALE,
+ GL_ALPHA_TEST,
+ GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC,
+ GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF,
+ GL_ALWAYS,
+ GL_AMBIENT,
+ GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE,
+ GL_AND,
+ GL_AND_INVERTED,
+ GL_AND_REVERSE,
+ GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_AUTO_NORMAL,
+ GL_AUX0,
+ GL_AUX1,
+ GL_AUX2,
+ GL_AUX3,
+ GL_AUX_BUFFERS,
+ GL_BACK,
+ GL_BACK_LEFT,
+ GL_BACK_RIGHT,
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+ GL_BGRA_EXT,
+ GL_BGR_EXT,
+#endif
+ GL_BITMAP,
+ GL_BITMAP_TOKEN,
+ GL_BLEND,
+ GL_BLEND_DST,
+ GL_BLEND_SRC,
+ GL_BLUE,
+ GL_BLUE_BIAS,
+ GL_BLUE_BITS,
+ GL_BLUE_SCALE,
+ GL_BYTE,
+ GL_C3F_V3F,
+ GL_C4F_N3F_V3F,
+ GL_C4UB_V2F,
+ GL_C4UB_V3F,
+ GL_CCW,
+ GL_CLAMP,
+ GL_CLEAR,
+ GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS,
+ GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT,
+ GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE0,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE1,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE2,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE3,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE4,
+ GL_CLIP_PLANE5,
+ GL_COEFF,
+ GL_COLOR,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE,
+ GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT,
+ GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_INDEXES,
+ GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP,
+ GL_COLOR_MATERIAL,
+ GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE,
+ GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT,
+ GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK,
+ GL_COMPILE,
+ GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE,
+ GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION,
+ GL_COPY,
+ GL_COPY_INVERTED,
+ GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN,
+ GL_CULL_FACE,
+ GL_CULL_FACE_MODE,
+ GL_CURRENT_BIT,
+ GL_CURRENT_COLOR,
+ GL_CURRENT_INDEX,
+ GL_CURRENT_NORMAL,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID,
+ GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS,
+ GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS,
+ GL_CW,
+ GL_DECAL,
+ GL_DECR,
+ GL_DEPTH,
+ GL_DEPTH_BIAS,
+ GL_DEPTH_BITS,
+ GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT,
+ GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE,
+ GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT,
+ GL_DEPTH_FUNC,
+ GL_DEPTH_RANGE,
+ GL_DEPTH_SCALE,
+ GL_DEPTH_TEST,
+ GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK,
+ GL_DIFFUSE,
+ GL_DITHER,
+ GL_DOMAIN,
+ GL_DONT_CARE,
+ GL_DOUBLE,
+ GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+ GL_DOUBLE_EXT,
+#endif
+ GL_DRAW_BUFFER,
+ GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN,
+ GL_DST_ALPHA,
+ GL_DST_COLOR,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_EMISSION,
+ GL_ENABLE_BIT,
+ GL_EQUAL,
+ GL_EQUIV,
+ GL_EVAL_BIT,
+ GL_EXP,
+ GL_EXP2,
+ GL_EXTENSIONS,
+#ifndef __WXGTK__
+ GL_EXT_bgra,
+#endif
+ GL_EXT_paletted_texture,
+ GL_EXT_vertex_array,
+ GL_EYE_LINEAR,
+ GL_EYE_PLANE,
+ GL_FALSE,
+ GL_FASTEST,
+ GL_FEEDBACK,
+ GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER,
+ GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE,
+ GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE,
+ GL_FILL,
+ GL_FLAT,
+ GL_FLOAT,
+ GL_FOG,
+ GL_FOG_BIT,
+ GL_FOG_COLOR,
+ GL_FOG_DENSITY,
+ GL_FOG_END,
+ GL_FOG_HINT,
+ GL_FOG_INDEX,
+ GL_FOG_MODE,
+ GL_FOG_START,
+ GL_FRONT,
+ GL_FRONT_AND_BACK,
+ GL_FRONT_FACE,
+ GL_FRONT_LEFT,
+ GL_FRONT_RIGHT,
+ GL_GEQUAL,
+ GL_GREATER,
+ GL_GREEN,
+ GL_GREEN_BIAS,
+ GL_GREEN_BITS,
+ GL_GREEN_SCALE,
+ GL_HINT_BIT,
+ GL_INCR,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE,
+ GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT,
+ GL_INDEX_BITS,
+ GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE,
+ GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP,
+ GL_INDEX_MODE,
+ GL_INDEX_OFFSET,
+ GL_INDEX_SHIFT,
+ GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK,
+ GL_INT,
+ GL_INTENSITY,
+ GL_INTENSITY12,
+ GL_INTENSITY16,
+ GL_INTENSITY4,
+ GL_INTENSITY8,
+ GL_INVALID_ENUM,
+ GL_INVALID_OPERATION,
+ GL_INVALID_VALUE,
+ GL_INVERT,
+ GL_KEEP,
+ GL_LEFT,
+ GL_LEQUAL,
+ GL_LESS,
+ GL_LIGHT0,
+ GL_LIGHT1,
+ GL_LIGHT2,
+ GL_LIGHT3,
+ GL_LIGHT4,
+ GL_LIGHT5,
+ GL_LIGHT6,
+ GL_LIGHT7,
+ GL_LIGHTING,
+ GL_LIGHTING_BIT,
+ GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT,
+ GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER,
+ GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE,
+ GL_LINE,
+ GL_LINEAR,
+ GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION,
+ GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR,
+ GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST,
+ GL_LINES,
+ GL_LINE_BIT,
+ GL_LINE_LOOP,
+ GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN,
+ GL_LINE_SMOOTH,
+ GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT,
+ GL_LINE_STIPPLE,
+ GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN,
+ GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT,
+ GL_LINE_STRIP,
+ GL_LINE_TOKEN,
+ GL_LINE_WIDTH,
+ GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY,
+ GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE,
+ GL_LIST_BASE,
+ GL_LIST_BIT,
+ GL_LIST_INDEX,
+ GL_LIST_MODE,
+ GL_LOAD,
+ GL_LOGIC_OP,
+ GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE,
+ GL_LUMINANCE,
+ GL_LUMINANCE12,
+ GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12,
+ GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4,
+ GL_LUMINANCE16,
+ GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16,
+ GL_LUMINANCE4,
+ GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4,
+ GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2,
+ GL_LUMINANCE8,
+ GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8,
+ GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA,
+ GL_MAP1_COLOR_4,
+ GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN,
+ GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS,
+ GL_MAP1_INDEX,
+ GL_MAP1_NORMAL,
+ GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1,
+ GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2,
+ GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3,
+ GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4,
+ GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3,
+ GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4,
+ GL_MAP2_COLOR_4,
+ GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN,
+ GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS,
+ GL_MAP2_INDEX,
+ GL_MAP2_NORMAL,
+ GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1,
+ GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2,
+ GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3,
+ GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4,
+ GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3,
+ GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4,
+ GL_MAP_COLOR,
+ GL_MAP_STENCIL,
+ GL_MATRIX_MODE,
+ GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES,
+ GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER,
+ GL_MAX_LIGHTS,
+ GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING,
+ GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE,
+ GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE,
+ GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS,
+ GL_MODELVIEW,
+ GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX,
+ GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_MODULATE,
+ GL_MULT,
+ GL_N3F_V3F,
+ GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_NAND,
+ GL_NEAREST,
+ GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR,
+ GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST,
+ GL_NEVER,
+ GL_NICEST,
+ GL_NONE,
+ GL_NOOP,
+ GL_NOR,
+ GL_NORMALIZE,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE,
+ GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT,
+ GL_NOTEQUAL,
+ GL_NO_ERROR,
+ GL_OBJECT_LINEAR,
+ GL_OBJECT_PLANE,
+ GL_ONE,
+ GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA,
+ GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR,
+ GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA,
+ GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR,
+ GL_OR,
+ GL_ORDER,
+ GL_OR_INVERTED,
+ GL_OR_REVERSE,
+ GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+ GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT,
+ GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST,
+ GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH,
+ GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS,
+ GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS,
+ GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES,
+ GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN,
+ GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S,
+ GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE,
+ GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT,
+ GL_POINT,
+ GL_POINTS,
+ GL_POINT_BIT,
+ GL_POINT_SIZE,
+ GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY,
+ GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE,
+ GL_POINT_SMOOTH,
+ GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT,
+ GL_POINT_TOKEN,
+ GL_POLYGON,
+ GL_POLYGON_BIT,
+ GL_POLYGON_MODE,
+ GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR,
+ GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL,
+ GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE,
+ GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT,
+ GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS,
+ GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH,
+ GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT,
+ GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE,
+ GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT,
+ GL_POLYGON_TOKEN,
+ GL_POSITION,
+ GL_PROJECTION,
+ GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX,
+ GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D,
+ GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D,
+ GL_Q,
+ GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION,
+ GL_QUADS,
+ GL_QUAD_STRIP,
+ GL_R,
+ GL_R3_G3_B2,
+ GL_READ_BUFFER,
+ GL_RED,
+ GL_RED_BIAS,
+ GL_RED_BITS,
+ GL_RED_SCALE,
+ GL_RENDER,
+ GL_RENDERER,
+ GL_RENDER_MODE,
+ GL_REPEAT,
+ GL_REPLACE,
+ GL_RETURN,
+ GL_RGB,
+ GL_RGB10,
+ GL_RGB10_A2,
+ GL_RGB12,
+ GL_RGB16,
+ GL_RGB4,
+ GL_RGB5,
+ GL_RGB5_A1,
+ GL_RGB8,
+ GL_RGBA,
+ GL_RGBA12,
+ GL_RGBA16,
+ GL_RGBA2,
+ GL_RGBA4,
+ GL_RGBA8,
+ GL_RGBA_MODE,
+ GL_RIGHT,
+ GL_S,
+ GL_SCISSOR_BIT,
+ GL_SCISSOR_BOX,
+ GL_SCISSOR_TEST,
+ GL_SELECT,
+ GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER,
+ GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE,
+ GL_SET,
+ GL_SHADE_MODEL,
+ GL_SHININESS,
+ GL_SHORT,
+ GL_SMOOTH,
+ GL_SPECULAR,
+ GL_SPHERE_MAP,
+ GL_SPOT_CUTOFF,
+ GL_SPOT_DIRECTION,
+ GL_SPOT_EXPONENT,
+ GL_SRC_ALPHA,
+ GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE,
+ GL_SRC_COLOR,
+ GL_STACK_OVERFLOW,
+ GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW,
+ GL_STENCIL,
+ GL_STENCIL_BITS,
+ GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT,
+ GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE,
+ GL_STENCIL_FAIL,
+ GL_STENCIL_FUNC,
+ GL_STENCIL_INDEX,
+ GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL,
+ GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS,
+ GL_STENCIL_REF,
+ GL_STENCIL_TEST,
+ GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK,
+ GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK,
+ GL_STEREO,
+ GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS,
+ GL_T,
+ GL_T2F_C3F_V3F,
+ GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F,
+ GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F,
+ GL_T2F_N3F_V3F,
+ GL_T2F_V3F,
+ GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F,
+ GL_T4F_V4F,
+ GL_TEXTURE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_1D,
+ GL_TEXTURE_2D,
+ GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BIT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BORDER,
+ GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COMPONENTS,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_ENV,
+ GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR,
+ GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T,
+ GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER,
+ GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX,
+ GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER,
+ GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY,
+ GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE,
+ GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT,
+ GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH,
+ GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH,
+ GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S,
+ GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T,
+ GL_TRANSFORM_BIT,
+ GL_TRIANGLES,
+ GL_TRIANGLE_FAN,
+ GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
+ GL_TRUE,
+ GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT,
+ GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST,
+ GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH,
+ GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS,
+ GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS,
+ GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES,
+ GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE,
+ GL_UNSIGNED_INT,
+ GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT,
+ GL_V2F,
+ GL_V3F,
+ GL_VENDOR,
+ GL_VERSION,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE,
+ GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT,
+ GL_VIEWPORT,
+ GL_VIEWPORT_BIT,
+ GL_XOR,
+ GL_ZERO,
+ GL_ZOOM_X,
+ GL_ZOOM_Y,
+};
+
+
+void glAccum (GLenum op, GLfloat value);
+void glAlphaFunc (GLenum func, GLclampf ref);
+GLboolean glAreTexturesResident (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, GLboolean *residences);
+void glArrayElement (GLint i);
+void glBegin (GLenum mode);
+void glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+void glBitmap (GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLfloat xorig, GLfloat yorig, GLfloat xmove, GLfloat ymove, const GLubyte *bitmap);
+void glBlendFunc (GLenum sfactor, GLenum dfactor);
+void glCallList (GLuint list);
+void glCallLists (GLsizei n, GLenum type, const GLvoid *lists);
+void glClear (GLbitfield mask);
+void glClearAccum (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+void glClearColor (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
+void glClearDepth (GLclampd depth);
+void glClearIndex (GLfloat c);
+void glClearStencil (GLint s);
+void glClipPlane (GLenum plane, const GLdouble *equation);
+void glColor3b (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue);
+void glColor3bv (const GLbyte *v);
+void glColor3d (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue);
+void glColor3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glColor3f (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+void glColor3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glColor3i (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue);
+void glColor3iv (const GLint *v);
+void glColor3s (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue);
+void glColor3sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glColor3ub (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue);
+void glColor3ubv (const GLubyte *v);
+void glColor3ui (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue);
+void glColor3uiv (const GLuint *v);
+void glColor3us (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue);
+void glColor3usv (const GLushort *v);
+void glColor4b (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue, GLbyte alpha);
+void glColor4bv (const GLbyte *v);
+void glColor4d (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue, GLdouble alpha);
+void glColor4dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glColor4f (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+void glColor4fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glColor4i (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue, GLint alpha);
+void glColor4iv (const GLint *v);
+void glColor4s (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue, GLshort alpha);
+void glColor4sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glColor4ub (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue, GLubyte alpha);
+void glColor4ubv (const GLubyte *v);
+void glColor4ui (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue, GLuint alpha);
+void glColor4uiv (const GLuint *v);
+void glColor4us (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue, GLushort alpha);
+void glColor4usv (const GLushort *v);
+void glColorMask (GLboolean red, GLboolean green, GLboolean blue, GLboolean alpha);
+void glColorMaterial (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+void glColorPointer (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glCopyPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum type);
+void glCopyTexImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalFormat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+void glCopyTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalFormat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+void glCopyTexSubImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+void glCopyTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+void glCullFace (GLenum mode);
+void glDeleteLists (GLuint list, GLsizei range);
+void glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+void glDepthFunc (GLenum func);
+void glDepthMask (GLboolean flag);
+void glDepthRange (GLclampd zNear, GLclampd zFar);
+void glDisable (GLenum cap);
+void glDisableClientState (GLenum array);
+void glDrawArrays (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+void glDrawBuffer (GLenum mode);
+void glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices);
+void glDrawPixels (GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+void glEdgeFlag (GLboolean flag);
+void glEdgeFlagPointer (GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glEdgeFlagv (const GLboolean *flag);
+void glEnable (GLenum cap);
+void glEnableClientState (GLenum array);
+void glEnd (void);
+void glEndList (void);
+void glEvalCoord1d (GLdouble u);
+void glEvalCoord1dv (const GLdouble *u);
+void glEvalCoord1f (GLfloat u);
+void glEvalCoord1fv (const GLfloat *u);
+void glEvalCoord2d (GLdouble u, GLdouble v);
+void glEvalCoord2dv (const GLdouble *u);
+void glEvalCoord2f (GLfloat u, GLfloat v);
+void glEvalCoord2fv (const GLfloat *u);
+void glEvalMesh1 (GLenum mode, GLint i1, GLint i2);
+void glEvalMesh2 (GLenum mode, GLint i1, GLint i2, GLint j1, GLint j2);
+void glEvalPoint1 (GLint i);
+void glEvalPoint2 (GLint i, GLint j);
+void glFeedbackBuffer (GLsizei size, GLenum type, GLfloat *buffer);
+void glFinish (void);
+void glFlush (void);
+void glFogf (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glFogfv (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glFogi (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glFogiv (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glFrontFace (GLenum mode);
+void glFrustum (GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+GLuint glGenLists (GLsizei range);
+void glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+void glGetBooleanv (GLenum pname, GLboolean *params);
+void glGetClipPlane (GLenum plane, GLdouble *equation);
+void glGetDoublev (GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLenum glGetError (void);
+void glGetFloatv (GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetLightfv (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetLightiv (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetMapdv (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLdouble *v);
+void glGetMapfv (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLfloat *v);
+void glGetMapiv (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLint *v);
+void glGetMaterialfv (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetMaterialiv (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetPixelMapfv (GLenum map, GLfloat *values);
+void glGetPixelMapuiv (GLenum map, GLuint *values);
+void glGetPixelMapusv (GLenum map, GLushort *values);
+void glGetPointerv (GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+void glGetPolygonStipple (GLubyte *mask);
+const GLubyte * glGetString (GLenum name);
+void glGetTexEnvfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetTexEnviv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetTexGendv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+void glGetTexGenfv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetTexGeniv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetTexImage (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+void glGetTexLevelParameterfv (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetTexLevelParameteriv (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glGetTexParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+void glGetTexParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+void glHint (GLenum target, GLenum mode);
+void glIndexMask (GLuint mask);
+void glIndexPointer (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glIndexd (GLdouble c);
+void glIndexdv (const GLdouble *c);
+void glIndexf (GLfloat c);
+void glIndexfv (const GLfloat *c);
+void glIndexi (GLint c);
+void glIndexiv (const GLint *c);
+void glIndexs (GLshort c);
+void glIndexsv (const GLshort *c);
+void glIndexub (GLubyte c);
+void glIndexubv (const GLubyte *c);
+void glInitNames (void);
+void glInterleavedArrays (GLenum format, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLboolean glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
+GLboolean glIsList (GLuint list);
+GLboolean glIsTexture (GLuint texture);
+void glLightModelf (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glLightModelfv (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glLightModeli (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glLightModeliv (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glLightf (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glLightfv (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glLighti (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glLightiv (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glLineStipple (GLint factor, GLushort pattern);
+void glLineWidth (GLfloat width);
+void glListBase (GLuint base);
+void glLoadIdentity (void);
+void glLoadMatrixd (const GLdouble *m);
+void glLoadMatrixf (const GLfloat *m);
+void glLoadName (GLuint name);
+void glLogicOp (GLenum opcode);
+void glMap1d (GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLdouble *points);
+void glMap1f (GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLfloat *points);
+void glMap2d (GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLdouble *points);
+void glMap2f (GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLfloat *points);
+void glMapGrid1d (GLint un, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2);
+void glMapGrid1f (GLint un, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2);
+void glMapGrid2d (GLint un, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint vn, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2);
+void glMapGrid2f (GLint un, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint vn, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+void glMaterialf (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glMaterialfv (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glMateriali (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glMaterialiv (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glMatrixMode (GLenum mode);
+void glMultMatrixd (const GLdouble *m);
+void glMultMatrixf (const GLfloat *m);
+void glNewList (GLuint list, GLenum mode);
+void glNormal3b (GLbyte nx, GLbyte ny, GLbyte nz);
+void glNormal3bv (const GLbyte *v);
+void glNormal3d (GLdouble nx, GLdouble ny, GLdouble nz);
+void glNormal3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glNormal3f (GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz);
+void glNormal3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glNormal3i (GLint nx, GLint ny, GLint nz);
+void glNormal3iv (const GLint *v);
+void glNormal3s (GLshort nx, GLshort ny, GLshort nz);
+void glNormal3sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glNormalPointer (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glOrtho (GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+void glPassThrough (GLfloat token);
+void glPixelMapfv (GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLfloat *values);
+void glPixelMapuiv (GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLuint *values);
+void glPixelMapusv (GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLushort *values);
+void glPixelStoref (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glPixelTransferf (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glPixelTransferi (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glPixelZoom (GLfloat xfactor, GLfloat yfactor);
+void glPointSize (GLfloat size);
+void glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+void glPolygonOffset (GLfloat factor, GLfloat units);
+void glPolygonStipple (const GLubyte *mask);
+void glPopAttrib (void);
+void glPopClientAttrib (void);
+void glPopMatrix (void);
+void glPopName (void);
+void glPrioritizeTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, const GLclampf *priorities);
+void glPushAttrib (GLbitfield mask);
+void glPushClientAttrib (GLbitfield mask);
+void glPushMatrix (void);
+void glPushName (GLuint name);
+void glRasterPos2d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+void glRasterPos2dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glRasterPos2f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+void glRasterPos2fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glRasterPos2i (GLint x, GLint y);
+void glRasterPos2iv (const GLint *v);
+void glRasterPos2s (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+void glRasterPos2sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glRasterPos3d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+void glRasterPos3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glRasterPos3f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+void glRasterPos3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glRasterPos3i (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+void glRasterPos3iv (const GLint *v);
+void glRasterPos3s (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+void glRasterPos3sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glRasterPos4d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+void glRasterPos4dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glRasterPos4f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+void glRasterPos4fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glRasterPos4i (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+void glRasterPos4iv (const GLint *v);
+void glRasterPos4s (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+void glRasterPos4sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glReadBuffer (GLenum mode);
+void glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+void glRectd (GLdouble x1, GLdouble y1, GLdouble x2, GLdouble y2);
+void glRectdv (const GLdouble *v1, const GLdouble *v2);
+void glRectf (GLfloat x1, GLfloat y1, GLfloat x2, GLfloat y2);
+void glRectfv (const GLfloat *v1, const GLfloat *v2);
+void glRecti (GLint x1, GLint y1, GLint x2, GLint y2);
+void glRectiv (const GLint *v1, const GLint *v2);
+void glRects (GLshort x1, GLshort y1, GLshort x2, GLshort y2);
+void glRectsv (const GLshort *v1, const GLshort *v2);
+GLint glRenderMode (GLenum mode);
+void glRotated (GLdouble angle, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+void glRotatef (GLfloat angle, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+void glScaled (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+void glScalef (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+void glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+void glSelectBuffer (GLsizei size, GLuint *buffer);
+void glShadeModel (GLenum mode);
+void glStencilFunc (GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
+void glStencilMask (GLuint mask);
+void glStencilOp (GLenum fail, GLenum zfail, GLenum zpass);
+void glTexCoord1d (GLdouble s);
+void glTexCoord1dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glTexCoord1f (GLfloat s);
+void glTexCoord1fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glTexCoord1i (GLint s);
+void glTexCoord1iv (const GLint *v);
+void glTexCoord1s (GLshort s);
+void glTexCoord1sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glTexCoord2d (GLdouble s, GLdouble t);
+void glTexCoord2dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glTexCoord2f (GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
+void glTexCoord2fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glTexCoord2i (GLint s, GLint t);
+void glTexCoord2iv (const GLint *v);
+void glTexCoord2s (GLshort s, GLshort t);
+void glTexCoord2sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glTexCoord3d (GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r);
+void glTexCoord3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glTexCoord3f (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r);
+void glTexCoord3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glTexCoord3i (GLint s, GLint t, GLint r);
+void glTexCoord3iv (const GLint *v);
+void glTexCoord3s (GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r);
+void glTexCoord3sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glTexCoord4d (GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q);
+void glTexCoord4dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glTexCoord4f (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q);
+void glTexCoord4fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glTexCoord4i (GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q);
+void glTexCoord4iv (const GLint *v);
+void glTexCoord4s (GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q);
+void glTexCoord4sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glTexCoordPointer (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glTexEnvf (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glTexEnvfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glTexEnvi (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glTexEnviv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glTexGend (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble param);
+void glTexGendv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params);
+void glTexGenf (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glTexGenfv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glTexGeni (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glTexGeniv (GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glTexImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+void glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+void glTexParameterf (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+void glTexParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+void glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+void glTexParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+void glTexSubImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+void glTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+void glTranslated (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+void glTranslatef (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+void glVertex2d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+void glVertex2dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glVertex2f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+void glVertex2fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glVertex2i (GLint x, GLint y);
+void glVertex2iv (const GLint *v);
+void glVertex2s (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+void glVertex2sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glVertex3d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+void glVertex3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glVertex3f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+void glVertex3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glVertex3i (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+void glVertex3iv (const GLint *v);
+void glVertex3s (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+void glVertex3sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glVertex4d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+void glVertex4dv (const GLdouble *v);
+void glVertex4f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+void glVertex4fv (const GLfloat *v);
+void glVertex4i (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+void glVertex4iv (const GLint *v);
+void glVertex4s (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+void glVertex4sv (const GLshort *v);
+void glVertexPointer (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+void glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%init %{
+
+ wxClassInfo::CleanUpClasses();
+ wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses();
+
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+EXPORTS
+ initglcanvasc
--- /dev/null
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TARGET = glcanvasc
+
+OBJECTS = glcanvas.obj
+
+PYMODULES = $(TARGETDIR)\html.py $(TARGETDIR)\htmlhelper.py
+
+SOURCES = $(GENCODEDIR)\html.cpp
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!include ..\makeinc.vc
+
+# override this
+EXTRAINC = $(EXTRAINC) -I$(WXDIR)\utils\glcanvas\win
+GLLIBS=$(WXDIR)\lib\glcanvas.lib glu32.lib opengl32.lib
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+default: $(TARGETDIR)\$(TARGET).pyd pycfiles
+
+all: $(TARGET)
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$(TARGETDIR)\$(TARGET).pyd : $(DUMMYOBJ) $(WXLIB) $(OBJECTS) # $(TARGET).res
+ $(link) @<<
+/out:$@ /dll
+$(LFLAGS) /def:$(TARGET).def /implib:./$(TARGET).lib
+$(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS)
+$(LIBS) $(GLLIBS)
+<<
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
--- /dev/null
+Known bugs
+
+html, all:
+ - keys can move the vertical scrollbar, but the window moveth not.
+ problem in wxHTML.
+
+ - widgets are not removed when the HTML contents is changed
+ (this can be fixed by adding ~HtmlWidgetCell { wnd->Destroy(); } )
+
+ - potential problem with the use of ThreadState in html.i
+ (mainly because I don't really know what I'm doing there)
+
+html, msw:
+ - vertical scrollbar behaves erratically when content smaller than
+ window
+
+ - page with widgets takes forever to draw when constructed
+ in frame constructor
+
+ - sometimes the python scripts with html crash on startup, before
+ the window is displayed (illegal operation). this seems mainly to
+ happen when the various libs are not yet in the disk cache. race
+ condition?
--- /dev/null
+# Universal Unix Makefile for Python extensions
+# =============================================
+
+# Short Instructions
+# ------------------
+
+# 1. Build and install Python (1.5 or newer).
+# 2. "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot"
+# 3. "make"
+# You should now have a shared library.
+
+# Long Instructions
+# -----------------
+
+# Build *and install* the basic Python 1.5 distribution. See the
+# Python README for instructions. (This version of Makefile.pre.in
+# only withs with Python 1.5, alpha 3 or newer.)
+
+# Create a file Setup.in for your extension. This file follows the
+# format of the Modules/Setup.in file; see the instructions there.
+# For a simple module called "spam" on file "spammodule.c", it can
+# contain a single line:
+# spam spammodule.c
+# You can build as many modules as you want in the same directory --
+# just have a separate line for each of them in the Setup.in file.
+
+# If you want to build your extension as a shared library, insert a
+# line containing just the string
+# *shared*
+# at the top of your Setup.in file.
+
+# Note that the build process copies Setup.in to Setup, and then works
+# with Setup. It doesn't overwrite Setup when Setup.in is changed, so
+# while you're in the process of debugging your Setup.in file, you may
+# want to edit Setup instead, and copy it back to Setup.in later.
+# (All this is done so you can distribute your extension easily and
+# someone else can select the modules they actually want to build by
+# commenting out lines in the Setup file, without editing the
+# original. Editing Setup is also used to specify nonstandard
+# locations for include or library files.)
+
+# Copy this file (Misc/Makefile.pre.in) to the directory containing
+# your extension.
+
+# Run "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot". This creates Makefile
+# (producing Makefile.pre and sedscript as intermediate files) and
+# config.c, incorporating the values for sys.prefix, sys.exec_prefix
+# and sys.version from the installed Python binary. For this to work,
+# the python binary must be on your path. If this fails, try
+# make -f Makefile.pre.in Makefile VERSION=1.5 installdir=<prefix>
+# where <prefix> is the prefix used to install Python for installdir
+# (and possibly similar for exec_installdir=<exec_prefix>).
+
+# Note: "make boot" implies "make clobber" -- it assumes that when you
+# bootstrap you may have changed platforms so it removes all previous
+# output files.
+
+# If you are building your extension as a shared library (your
+# Setup.in file starts with *shared*), run "make" or "make sharedmods"
+# to build the shared library files. If you are building a statically
+# linked Python binary (the only solution of your platform doesn't
+# support shared libraries, and sometimes handy if you want to
+# distribute or install the resulting Python binary), run "make
+# python".
+
+# Note: Each time you edit Makefile.pre.in or Setup, you must run
+# "make Makefile" before running "make".
+
+# Hint: if you want to use VPATH, you can start in an empty
+# subdirectory and say (e.g.):
+# make -f ../Makefile.pre.in boot srcdir=.. VPATH=..
+
+
+# === Bootstrap variables (edited through "make boot") ===
+
+# The prefix used by "make inclinstall libainstall" of core python
+installdir= /usr/local
+
+# The exec_prefix used by the same
+exec_installdir=$(installdir)
+
+# Source directory and VPATH in case you want to use VPATH.
+# (You will have to edit these two lines yourself -- there is no
+# automatic support as the Makefile is not generated by
+# config.status.)
+srcdir= .
+VPATH= .
+
+# === Variables that you may want to customize (rarely) ===
+
+# (Static) build target
+TARGET= python
+
+# Installed python binary (used only by boot target)
+PYTHON= python
+
+# Add more -I and -D options here
+CFLAGS= $(OPT) -I$(INCLUDEPY) -I$(EXECINCLUDEPY) $(DEFS)
+
+# These two variables can be set in Setup to merge extensions.
+# See example[23].
+BASELIB=
+BASESETUP=
+
+# === Variables set by makesetup ===
+
+MODOBJS= _MODOBJS_
+MODLIBS= _MODLIBS_
+
+# === Definitions added by makesetup ===
+
+# === Variables from configure (through sedscript) ===
+
+VERSION= @VERSION@
+CC= @CC@
+LINKCC= @LINKCC@
+SGI_ABI= @SGI_ABI@
+OPT= @OPT@
+LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@
+LDLAST= @LDLAST@
+DEFS= @DEFS@
+LIBS= @LIBS@
+LIBM= @LIBM@
+LIBC= @LIBC@
+RANLIB= @RANLIB@
+MACHDEP= @MACHDEP@
+SO= @SO@
+LDSHARED= @LDSHARED@
+CCSHARED= @CCSHARED@
+LINKFORSHARED= @LINKFORSHARED@
+#@SET_CCC@
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-independent files
+prefix= /usr/local
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-dependent files
+exec_prefix= $(prefix)
+
+# === Fixed definitions ===
+
+# Shell used by make (some versions default to the login shell, which is bad)
+SHELL= /bin/sh
+
+# Expanded directories
+BINDIR= $(exec_installdir)/bin
+LIBDIR= $(exec_prefix)/lib
+MANDIR= $(installdir)/man
+INCLUDEDIR= $(installdir)/include
+SCRIPTDIR= $(prefix)/lib
+
+# Detailed destination directories
+BINLIBDEST= $(LIBDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+LIBDEST= $(SCRIPTDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+INCLUDEPY= $(INCLUDEDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+EXECINCLUDEPY= $(exec_installdir)/include/python$(VERSION)
+LIBP= $(exec_installdir)/lib/python$(VERSION)
+DESTSHARED= $(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages
+
+LIBPL= $(LIBP)/config
+
+PYTHONLIBS= $(LIBPL)/libpython$(VERSION).a
+
+MAKESETUP= $(LIBPL)/makesetup
+MAKEFILE= $(LIBPL)/Makefile
+CONFIGC= $(LIBPL)/config.c
+CONFIGCIN= $(LIBPL)/config.c.in
+SETUP= $(LIBPL)/Setup
+
+SYSLIBS= $(LIBM) $(LIBC)
+
+ADDOBJS= $(LIBPL)/python.o config.o
+
+# Portable install script (configure doesn't always guess right)
+INSTALL= $(LIBPL)/install-sh -c
+# Shared libraries must be installed with executable mode on some systems;
+# rather than figuring out exactly which, we always give them executable mode.
+# Also, making them read-only seems to be a good idea...
+INSTALL_SHARED= ${INSTALL} -m 555
+
+#---------------------------------------------------
+# Possibly change some definintions for C++
+ifdef MY_LDSHARED
+LDSHARED=$(MY_LDSHARED)
+endif
+ifdef MY_LINKCC
+LINKCC=$(MY_LINKCC)
+endif
+
+
+# === Fixed rules ===
+
+# Default target. This builds shared libraries only
+default: sharedmods
+
+# Build everything
+all: static sharedmods
+
+# Build shared libraries from our extension modules
+sharedmods: $(SHAREDMODS)
+
+# Build a static Python binary containing our extension modules
+static: $(TARGET)
+$(TARGET): $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) Makefile $(BASELIB)
+ $(LINKCC) $(LDFLAGS) $(LINKFORSHARED) \
+ $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) \
+ $(LINKPATH) $(BASELIB) $(MODLIBS) $(LIBS) $(SYSLIBS) \
+ -o $(TARGET) $(LDLAST)
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This is a default version of the install target for wxPython. It just
+# redirects to wxInstall below...
+
+install: wxInstall
+
+#install: sharedmods
+# if test ! -d $(DESTSHARED) ; then \
+# mkdir $(DESTSHARED) ; else true ; fi
+# -for i in X $(SHAREDMODS); do \
+# if test $$i != X; \
+# then $(INSTALL_SHARED) $$i $(DESTSHARED)/$$i; \
+# fi; \
+# done
+
+
+# Build the library containing our extension modules
+lib.a: $(MODOBJS)
+ -rm -f lib.a
+ ar cr lib.a $(MODOBJS)
+ -$(RANLIB) lib.a
+
+# This runs makesetup *twice* to use the BASESETUP definition from Setup
+config.c Makefile: Makefile.pre Setup $(BASESETUP) $(MAKESETUP)
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile do-it-again
+
+# Internal target to run makesetup for the second time
+do-it-again:
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+
+# Make config.o from the config.c created by makesetup
+config.o: config.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c config.c
+
+# Setup is copied from Setup.in *only* if it doesn't yet exist
+Setup:
+ cp Setup.in Setup
+
+# Make the intermediate Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+Makefile.pre: Makefile.pre.in sedscript
+ sed -f sedscript Makefile.pre.in >Makefile.pre
+
+# Shortcuts to make the sed arguments on one line
+P=prefix
+E=exec_prefix
+H=Generated automatically from Makefile.pre.in by sedscript.
+L=LINKFORSHARED
+
+# Make the sed script used to create Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+sedscript: $(MAKEFILE)
+ sed -n \
+ -e '1s/.*/1i\\/p' \
+ -e '2s%.*%# $H%p' \
+ -e '/^VERSION=/s/^VERSION=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@VERSION[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CC=/s/^CC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCC=/s/^CCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%#@SET_CCC[@]%CCC=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LINKCC=/s/^LINKCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LINKCC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^OPT=/s/^OPT=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@OPT[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDFLAGS=/s/^LDFLAGS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDFLAGS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^DEFS=/s/^DEFS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@DEFS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBS=/s/^LIBS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBM=/s/^LIBM=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBM[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBC=/s/^LIBC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^RANLIB=/s/^RANLIB=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@RANLIB[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^MACHDEP=/s/^MACHDEP=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@MACHDEP[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^SO=/s/^SO=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@SO[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDSHARED=/s/^LDSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCSHARED=/s/^CCSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CCSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$L=/s/^$L=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@$L[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$P=/s/^$P=\(.*\)/s%^$P=.*%$P=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$E=/s/^$E=\(.*\)/s%^$E=.*%$E=\1%/p' \
+ $(MAKEFILE) >sedscript
+ echo "/^#@SET_CCC@/d" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^installdir=/s%=.*%= $(installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^exec_installdir=/s%=.*%=$(exec_installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^srcdir=/s%=.*%= $(srcdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^VPATH=/s%=.*%= $(VPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^LINKPATH=/s%=.*%= $(LINKPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASELIB=/s%=.*%= $(BASELIB)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASESETUP=/s%=.*%= $(BASESETUP)%" >>sedscript
+
+# Bootstrap target
+boot: clobber
+ VERSION=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.version[:3]"`; \
+ installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.prefix"`; \
+ exec_installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.exec_prefix"`; \
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile.pre.in VPATH=$(VPATH) srcdir=$(srcdir) \
+ VERSION=$$VERSION \
+ installdir=$$installdir \
+ exec_installdir=$$exec_installdir \
+ Makefile
+
+# Handy target to remove intermediate files and backups
+clean:
+ -rm -f *.o *~
+
+# Handy target to remove everything that is easily regenerated
+clobber: clean
+ -rm -f *.a tags TAGS config.c Makefile.pre $(TARGET) sedscript
+ -rm -f *.so *.sl so_locations
+
+
+# Handy target to remove everything you don't want to distribute
+distclean: clobber
+ -rm -f Makefile Setup
+
+
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Custom rules and dependencies added for wxPython
+#
+
+WXP_VERSION=2.1b2
+
+# WXP_SRCDIR=../wxPython/src
+
+SWIGFLAGS=-c++ -shadow -python -dnone -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) -D__WXGTK__ $(SEPARATE)
+
+
+# Implicit rules to run SWIG
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.cpp : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp $<
+ rm $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp
+
+
+wxInstall : sharedmods $(PYMODULES)
+ if test ! -d $(TARGETDIR) ; then \
+ mkdir $(TARGETDIR) ; else true ; fi
+ if [ "$(SHAREDMODS)" != "" ]; then \
+ chmod 755 $(SHAREDMODS); \
+ cp $(SHAREDMODS) $(TARGETDIR); fi
+ -for i in $(PYMODULES); do \
+ cp $$i $(TARGETDIR); \
+ done
+ if [ "$(TARGETDIR)" != ".." ]; then \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ else \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR);\
+ fi
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+Aug. 2 1999 Harm van der Heijden
+
+What's in here:
+
+html
+ -- minimal wrap of Vaclaf Slavik's wxHTML (now part of
+ wxWindows); only parts of the wxHtmlWindow class are used.
+ Testsample htmlview.py.
+ There's also a python tag handler, see htmlwidget.py for
+ a demonstration.
+
--- /dev/null
+## This file gives the details of what is needed to build this extension
+## module so the Makefile can be created.
+
+## If you have not done "make install" for wxWindows then see Setup.in.linux
+## for a more verbose version of this file.
+
+*shared*
+
+CCC=c++
+WXWIN=../../..
+GENCODEDIR=gtk
+# srcdir=$(GENCODEDIR)
+WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS=`wx-config --cflags`
+WX_CONFIG_LIBS=`wx-config --libs`
+
+
+## Depending on how your Python was built, you may have to set this
+## value to use the C++ driver to link with instead of the default
+## C driver. For example:
+MY_LDSHARED=$(CCC) -shared
+
+## Same as above, but for statically linking Python and wxPython together,
+## in other words, if you comment out the *shared* above. If this is the
+## case then you should ensure that the main() function is Python's, not
+## wxWindows'. You can rebuild $(WXWIN)/src/gtk/app.cpp with NOMAIN defined
+## to force this...
+MY_LINKCC=$(CCC)
+
+
+## Pick one of these, or set your own. This is where the wxPython module
+## should be installed. It should be a subdirectory named wxPython.
+#TARGETDIR=..
+TARGETDIR=$(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages/wxPython
+
+# The location of the wxPython source dir
+WXP_SRCDIR=../../src
+
+C_DEFINES = -DSWIG_GLOBAL -DWXP_USE_THREAD -DSEPARATE
+C_FLAGS = -I. -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) $(WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS)
+C_LIBS = -lwxPyHelpers $(WX_CONFIG_LIBS)
+
+PYMODULES = $(GENCODEDIR)/html.py htmlhelper.py
+
+htmlc $(GENCODEDIR)/html.cpp \
+ $(C_DEFINES) $(C_FLAGS) -Xlinker $(C_LIBS)
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: html.i
+// Purpose: SWIG definitions of html classes
+//
+// Author: Robin Dunn
+//
+// Created: 25-nov-1998
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 by Total Control Software
+// Licence: wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+%module html
+
+%{
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include <wx/html/htmlwin.h>
+#include <wx/image.h>
+#include <wx/fs_zip.h>
+#include <wx/fs_inet.h>
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%include typemaps.i
+%include my_typemaps.i
+
+%extern wx.i
+%extern windows.i
+%extern _defs.i
+%extern events.i
+//%extern windows2.i
+//%extern windows3.i
+//%extern frames.i
+//%extern misc.i
+//%extern gdi.i
+//%extern controls.i
+
+
+%{
+#ifdef __WXMSW__
+static wxString wxPyEmptyStr("");
+static wxPoint wxPyDefaultPosition(wxDefaultPosition);
+static wxSize wxPyDefaultSize(wxDefaultSize);
+#endif
+static PyThreadState* wxPyThreadState;
+%}
+
+%pragma(python) code = "import wx,htmlhelper"
+%pragma(python) code = "widget = htmlc"
+
+%{
+
+static PyObject* mod_dict = NULL; // will be set by init
+
+#include <wx/html/mod_templ.h>
+
+TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(PYTHONTAG, "PYTHON")
+ TAG_HANDLER_PROC(tag)
+ {
+ wxWindow *wnd;
+ wxString errmsg;
+ char pbuf[256];
+
+ int fl = 0;
+
+ while (1) {
+ #ifdef WXP_WITH_THREAD
+ PyEval_RestoreThread(wxPyThreadState);
+ #endif
+ if (tag.HasParam("FLOAT"))
+ tag.ScanParam("FLOAT", "%i", &fl);
+ PyObject* pyfunc = PyDict_GetItemString(mod_dict, "WidgetStarter");
+ if (pyfunc == NULL) {
+ errmsg = "Could not find object WidgetStarter";
+ break;
+ }
+ if (! PyCallable_Check(pyfunc)) {
+ errmsg = "WidgetStarter does not appear to be callable";
+ break;
+ }
+ SWIG_MakePtr(pbuf, m_WParser->GetWindow(), "_wxHtmlWindow_p");
+ PyObject* arglist = Py_BuildValue("(s,s)", pbuf,
+ (const char*)tag.GetAllParams());
+ if (! arglist) {
+ errmsg = "Failed making argument list";
+ break;
+ }
+ PyObject* ret = PyEval_CallObject(pyfunc, arglist);
+ Py_DECREF(arglist);
+ if (ret == NULL) {
+ errmsg = "An error occured while calling WidgetStarter";
+ if (PyErr_Occurred())
+ PyErr_Print();
+ break;
+ }
+ wnd = NULL;
+ if (PyString_Check(ret)) {
+ char* thisc = PyString_AsString(ret);
+ SWIG_GetPtr(thisc, (void**)&wnd, "_wxWindow_p");
+ }
+ Py_DECREF(ret);
+ if (! wnd) {
+ errmsg = "Could not make a wxWindow pointer from return ptr";
+ break;
+ }
+ #ifdef WXP_WITH_THREAD
+ PyEval_SaveThread();
+ #endif
+ wnd -> Show(TRUE);
+ m_WParser->OpenContainer()->InsertCell(new wxHtmlWidgetCell(wnd, fl));
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* we got out of the loop. Must be an error. Show a box stating it. */
+
+ #ifdef WXP_WITH_THREAD
+ PyEval_SaveThread();
+ #endif
+
+ wnd = new wxTextCtrl( m_WParser -> GetWindow(), -1,
+ errmsg, wxPoint(0,0),
+ wxSize(300, 100), wxTE_MULTILINE );
+ wnd -> Show(TRUE);
+ m_WParser->OpenContainer()->InsertCell(new wxHtmlWidgetCell(wnd, 100));
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+TAG_HANDLER_END(PYTHONTAG)
+
+TAGS_MODULE_BEGIN(PythonTag)
+
+ TAGS_MODULE_ADD(PYTHONTAG)
+
+TAGS_MODULE_END(PythonTag)
+
+// Note: see also the init function where we add the module!
+
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// item of history list
+class HtmlHistoryItem
+{
+ public:
+ HtmlHistoryItem(const char* p, const char* a);
+ int GetPos() const {return m_Pos;}
+ void SetPos(int p) {m_Pos = p;}
+ const wxString& GetPage() const ;
+ const wxString& GetAnchor() const ;
+};
+
+class wxHtmlWindow : public wxScrolledWindow
+{
+ public:
+ wxHtmlWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxPyDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxPyDefaultSize,
+ int flags=wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
+ const char* name = "htmlWindow");
+ %pragma(python) addtomethod = "__init__:wx._StdWindowCallbacks(self)"
+ %pragma(python) addtomethod = "__init__:wx._StdOnScrollCallbacks(self)"
+
+ bool SetPage(const char* source);
+ // Set HTML page and display it. !! source is HTML document itself,
+ // it is NOT address/filename of HTML document. If you want to
+ // specify document location, use LoadPage() istead
+ // Return value : FALSE if an error occured, TRUE otherwise
+
+ bool LoadPage(const char* location);
+ // Load HTML page from given location. Location can be either
+ // a) /usr/wxGTK2/docs/html/wx.htm
+ // b) http://www.somewhere.uk/document.htm
+ // c) ftp://ftp.somesite.cz/pub/something.htm
+ // In case there is no prefix (http:,ftp:), the method
+ // will try to find it itself (1. local file, then http or ftp)
+ // After the page is loaded, the method calls SetPage() to display it.
+ // Note : you can also use path relative to previously loaded page
+ // Return value : same as SetPage
+
+ wxString GetOpenedPage() const {return m_OpenedPage;}
+ // Returns full location of opened page
+
+ void SetRelatedFrame(wxFrame* frame, const char* format);
+ // sets frame in which page title will be displayed. Format is format of
+ // frame title, e.g. "HtmlHelp : %s". It must contain exactly one %s
+ wxFrame* GetRelatedFrame() const;
+
+ void SetRelatedStatusBar(int bar);
+ // after(!) calling SetRelatedFrame, this sets statusbar slot where messages
+ // will be displayed. Default is -1 = no messages.
+
+ void SetFonts(wxString normal_face, int normal_italic_mode, wxString fixed_face, int fixed_italic_mode, int *sizes);
+ // sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page.
+ // *_italic_mode can be either wxSLANT or wxITALIC
+
+ void SetTitle(const char* title);
+ // Sets the title of the window
+ // (depending on the information passed to SetRelatedFrame() method)
+
+ void SetBorders(int b);
+ // Sets space between text and window borders.
+
+ //virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
+ // saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
+ // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
+ // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
+ //virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
+ // ...
+
+ bool HistoryBack();
+ bool HistoryForward();
+ // Goes to previous/next page (in browsing history)
+ // Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise
+ void HistoryClear();
+ // Resets history
+
+ //wxHtmlContainerCell* GetInternalRepresentation() const;
+ // Returns pointer to conteiners/cells structure.
+ // It should be used ONLY when printing
+
+ //static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
+ // Adds input filter
+
+ /* This function needs to be eventified! */
+ //virtual void OnLinkClicked(const char* link);
+ // called when users clicked on hypertext link. Default behavior is to
+ // call LoadPage(loc)
+
+ //static void CleanUpStatics();
+ // cleans static variables
+
+};
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%init %{
+
+ /* This is a bit cheesy. SWIG happens to call the dictionary d...
+ * I save it here, 'cause I don't know how to get it back later! */
+ mod_dict = d;
+ wxPyThreadState = PyThreadState_Get();
+ wxClassInfo::CleanUpClasses();
+ wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses();
+
+ /* specifically add our python tag handler; it doesn't seem to
+ * happen by itself... */
+ wxHtmlWinParser::AddModule(new HTML_ModulePythonTag());
+
+ // Until wxFileSystem is wrapped...
+ #if wxUSE_FS_ZIP
+ wxFileSystem::AddHandler(new wxZipFSHandler);
+ #endif
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+EXPORTS
+ inithtmlc
--- /dev/null
+#
+# htmlhelper.py
+#
+# A few helper functions for putting wxPython widgets in html pages
+#
+# Harm van der Heijden, 11 aug 1999.
+
+import wx
+import string
+import htmlc
+
+# Function to parse a param string (of the form 'item=value item2="value etc"'
+# and creates a dictionary
+def _param2dict(param):
+ i = 0; j = 0; s = len(param); d = {}
+ d['param_str'] = param
+ while 1:
+ while i<s and param[i] == " " : i = i+1
+ if i>=s: break
+ j = i
+ while j<s and param[j] != "=": j=j+1
+ if j+1>=s:
+ break
+ word = param[i:j]
+ i=j+1
+ if (param[i] == '"'):
+ j=i+1
+ while j<s and param[j] != '"' : j=j+1
+ if j == s: break
+ val = param[i+1:j]
+ elif (param[i] != " "):
+ j=i+1
+ while j<s and param[j] != " " : j=j+1
+ val = param[i:j]
+ else:
+ val = ""
+ i=j+1
+ d[string.lower(word)] = val
+ return d
+
+# This function gets called by the <python> tag handler.
+# Arguments are the parent (wxHtmlWindow) SWIG pointer (in python, a string)
+# and a string containing the parameters.
+# The return value must be the SWIG pointer of the created widget (the 'this'
+# attribute in python). The widget must be derived from a wxWindow or one
+# of its descendants.
+def _WidgetStarter(parentptr, param):
+ # create a python instance of the parent
+ parent = wx.wxWindowPtr(parentptr)
+ # try to find the widget class in the htmlwinc (=htmlwidget) module
+ dict = _param2dict(param)
+ classname = dict['class']
+ obj = htmlc.__dict__[classname]
+ # now create the class with arguments parent, dictionary
+ cls = apply(obj, (parent, dict))
+ # return the class instance's pointer
+ return cls.this
+
+htmlc.WidgetStarter = _WidgetStarter
--- /dev/null
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TARGET = htmlc
+
+OBJECTS = html.obj
+
+PYMODULES = $(TARGETDIR)\html.py $(TARGETDIR)\htmlhelper.py
+
+SOURCES = $(GENCODEDIR)\html.cpp
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!include ..\makeinc.vc
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+default: $(TARGETDIR)\$(TARGET).pyd pycfiles
+
+all: $(TARGET)
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$(TARGETDIR)\$(TARGET).pyd : $(DUMMYOBJ) $(WXLIB) $(OBJECTS) # $(TARGET).res
+ $(link) @<<
+/out:$@ /dll
+$(LFLAGS) /def:$(TARGET).def /implib:./$(TARGET).lib
+$(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS)
+$(LIBS)
+<<
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
--- /dev/null
+from wxPython.wx import *
+from wxPython.html import *
+import sys
+
+default_page = """
+<H1>HTML Viewer</H1>Please select <I>File->Open</I>
+to open a HTML file, or edit this page in the
+text control below and select <I>File->Update</I>
+<P>
+The python source can be seen
+<a href="%s">here</a>.
+""" % (sys.argv[0], )
+
+class HtmlViewer(wxFrame):
+ def __init__(self, parent, id, title, pos = wxDefaultPosition, size = wxSize(400,400)):
+ wxFrame.__init__(self, parent, id, title, pos, size)
+ self.CreateStatusBar(1)
+ split = wxSplitterWindow(self, -1)
+ self.html = wxHtmlWindow(split)
+ self.html.SetRelatedFrame(self, "HTML Viewer: \%s")
+ self.html.SetRelatedStatusBar(0)
+ self.txt = wxTextCtrl(split, -1, default_page,
+ wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
+ wxTE_MULTILINE)
+ split.SplitHorizontally(self.html, self.txt, size.y/2)
+ mbar = wxMenuBar()
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1500, "Open")
+ menu.Append(1501, "Reset")
+ menu.Append(1502, "Update HTML")
+ menu.AppendSeparator()
+ menu.Append(1503, "Exit")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "File")
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1510, "Back")
+ menu.Append(1511, "Forward")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "Go")
+ self.SetMenuBar(mbar)
+ self.filename = ""
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1500, self.OnFileOpen)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1501, self.OnFileReset)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1502, self.OnFileUpdate)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1503, self.OnClose)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1510, self.OnGoBack)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1511, self.OnGoForward)
+ # A default opening text
+ self.html.SetPage( default_page )
+ def OnFileOpen(self, event):
+ dlg = wxFileDialog(NULL, "Open file")
+ if dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK:
+ self.filename = dlg.GetPath()
+ self.html.LoadPage(self.filename)
+ def OnFileReset(self, event):
+ self.html.SetPage( default_page )
+ self.txt.SetValue( default_page )
+ def OnFileUpdate(self, event):
+ self.html.SetPage( self.txt.GetValue() )
+ def OnGoBack(self, event):
+ self.html.HistoryBack()
+ def OnGoForward(self, event):
+ self.html.HistoryForward()
+ def OnClose(self,event):
+ self.Destroy()
+
+class MyApp(wxApp):
+ def OnInit(self):
+ frame = HtmlViewer(NULL, -1, "HTML Viewer")
+ frame.Show(TRUE)
+ self.SetTopWindow(frame)
+ return TRUE
+
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxPNGHandler())
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxGIFHandler())
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxJPEGHandler())
+
+theApp = MyApp(0)
+theApp.MainLoop()
--- /dev/null
+from wxPython.wx import *
+from wxPython.html import *
+import sys,string
+
+# A bunch of simple widgets, all somehow derived from wxWindow
+class Widget1(wxWindow):
+ def __init__(self, parent, param):
+ wxWindow.__init__(self, parent, -1)
+ self.text = wxTextCtrl(self, -1, param['param_str'], wxPoint(5,5),
+ wxSize(200,150), wxTE_MULTILINE)
+ but = wxButton(self, 1001, "Click me", wxPoint(50,160), wxSize(100,30))
+ EVT_BUTTON(self, 1001, self.OnButton)
+ self.SetSize(wxSize(210,200))
+ def OnButton(self, event):
+ self.text.AppendText( "Click!\n" )
+
+class Widget2(wxButton):
+ def __init__(self, parent, param):
+ wxButton.__init__(self, parent, int(param['id']), param['title'])
+
+class Widget3(wxTextCtrl):
+ def __init__(self, parent, param):
+ wxTextCtrl.__init__(self, parent, -1, "No clicks")
+ self.clicked = 0;
+ EVT_BUTTON(parent, int(param['button_id']), self.OnButton)
+ def OnButton(self, event):
+ self.clicked = self.clicked + 1
+ self.SetValue("%d clicks" % (self.clicked,))
+
+# make the widgets known in the widget module (aka htmlc)
+widget.Widget1 = Widget1
+widget.Widget2 = Widget2
+widget.Widget3 = Widget3
+
+# our default page
+default_page = """
+<H2>wxPython widgets go HTML</H2>
+A bunch of wxPython widgets are scattered on this HTML page.
+Here's one:
+<center><python class="Widget1" greeting="Hello World"></center>
+<hr>
+Here's another:
+<center><python class="Widget2" float=70 id=1002 title="Button A"></center>
+It should always take up 70% of the page width.
+<p>And then there's this, listening to button A:
+<python class="Widget3" button_id=1002></p>
+"""
+
+# our explanation
+apology = """
+For some bizarre reason, it takes forever and a day to display the
+widgets if they are constructed in the frame's constructor. This
+only happens in MSW, wxGTK works fine.
+<p>Select <I>File->Show it</I> to draw the widgets."""
+
+default_page = default_page + "The HTML code for this page is\n <pre>" + default_page + "</pre>"
+
+
+class HtmlViewer(wxFrame):
+ def __init__(self, parent, id, title, pos = wxDefaultPosition, size = wxSize(400,400)):
+ wxFrame.__init__(self, parent, id, title, pos, size)
+ self.CreateStatusBar(1)
+ self.html = wxHtmlWindow(self)
+ self.html.SetRelatedFrame(self, "HTML Viewer: \%s")
+ self.html.SetRelatedStatusBar(0)
+ mbar = wxMenuBar()
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1500, "Show it")
+ menu.Append(1503, "Exit")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "File")
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1500, self.OnShowIt)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1503, self.OnClose)
+ self.SetMenuBar(mbar)
+ # change apology below to default_page, if you dare!
+ self.html.SetPage( default_page )
+ def OnClose(self,event):
+ self.Destroy()
+ def OnShowIt(self,event):
+ self.html.SetPage( default_page )
+ # now quickly remove the menu option, to hide that
+ # other bug; namely that widgets aren't removed when the
+ # HTML page is.
+ self.GetMenuBar().Enable(1500, FALSE)
+
+class MyApp(wxApp):
+ def OnInit(self):
+ frame = HtmlViewer(NULL, -1, "HTML Viewer")
+ frame.Show(TRUE)
+ self.SetTopWindow(frame)
+ return TRUE
+
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxPNGHandler())
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxGIFHandler())
+wxImage_AddHandler(wxJPEGHandler())
+
+theApp = MyApp(0)
+theApp.MainLoop()
--- /dev/null
+Known bugs
+
+html, all:
+ - keys can move the vertical scrollbar, but the window moveth not.
+ problem in wxHTML.
+
+ - widgets are not removed when the HTML contents is changed
+ (this can be fixed by adding ~HtmlWidgetCell { wnd->Destroy(); } )
+
+ - potential problem with the use of ThreadState in html.i
+ (mainly because I don't really know what I'm doing there)
+
+html, msw:
+ - vertical scrollbar behaves erratically when content smaller than
+ window
+
+ - page with widgets takes forever to draw when constructed
+ in frame constructor
+
+html, gtk:
+ - segfault on exit; sometimes warning about assert failure
+ (m_Object->refcount > 0)
+
+
+editor, all:
+ - (missing feature, really) syntax highlighting data is
+ compile time.
+
--- /dev/null
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+\f
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+\f
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+\f
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+\f
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+\f
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
--- /dev/null
+# Universal Unix Makefile for Python extensions
+# =============================================
+
+# Short Instructions
+# ------------------
+
+# 1. Build and install Python (1.5 or newer).
+# 2. "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot"
+# 3. "make"
+# You should now have a shared library.
+
+# Long Instructions
+# -----------------
+
+# Build *and install* the basic Python 1.5 distribution. See the
+# Python README for instructions. (This version of Makefile.pre.in
+# only withs with Python 1.5, alpha 3 or newer.)
+
+# Create a file Setup.in for your extension. This file follows the
+# format of the Modules/Setup.in file; see the instructions there.
+# For a simple module called "spam" on file "spammodule.c", it can
+# contain a single line:
+# spam spammodule.c
+# You can build as many modules as you want in the same directory --
+# just have a separate line for each of them in the Setup.in file.
+
+# If you want to build your extension as a shared library, insert a
+# line containing just the string
+# *shared*
+# at the top of your Setup.in file.
+
+# Note that the build process copies Setup.in to Setup, and then works
+# with Setup. It doesn't overwrite Setup when Setup.in is changed, so
+# while you're in the process of debugging your Setup.in file, you may
+# want to edit Setup instead, and copy it back to Setup.in later.
+# (All this is done so you can distribute your extension easily and
+# someone else can select the modules they actually want to build by
+# commenting out lines in the Setup file, without editing the
+# original. Editing Setup is also used to specify nonstandard
+# locations for include or library files.)
+
+# Copy this file (Misc/Makefile.pre.in) to the directory containing
+# your extension.
+
+# Run "make -f Makefile.pre.in boot". This creates Makefile
+# (producing Makefile.pre and sedscript as intermediate files) and
+# config.c, incorporating the values for sys.prefix, sys.exec_prefix
+# and sys.version from the installed Python binary. For this to work,
+# the python binary must be on your path. If this fails, try
+# make -f Makefile.pre.in Makefile VERSION=1.5 installdir=<prefix>
+# where <prefix> is the prefix used to install Python for installdir
+# (and possibly similar for exec_installdir=<exec_prefix>).
+
+# Note: "make boot" implies "make clobber" -- it assumes that when you
+# bootstrap you may have changed platforms so it removes all previous
+# output files.
+
+# If you are building your extension as a shared library (your
+# Setup.in file starts with *shared*), run "make" or "make sharedmods"
+# to build the shared library files. If you are building a statically
+# linked Python binary (the only solution of your platform doesn't
+# support shared libraries, and sometimes handy if you want to
+# distribute or install the resulting Python binary), run "make
+# python".
+
+# Note: Each time you edit Makefile.pre.in or Setup, you must run
+# "make Makefile" before running "make".
+
+# Hint: if you want to use VPATH, you can start in an empty
+# subdirectory and say (e.g.):
+# make -f ../Makefile.pre.in boot srcdir=.. VPATH=..
+
+
+# === Bootstrap variables (edited through "make boot") ===
+
+# The prefix used by "make inclinstall libainstall" of core python
+installdir= /usr/local
+
+# The exec_prefix used by the same
+exec_installdir=$(installdir)
+
+# Source directory and VPATH in case you want to use VPATH.
+# (You will have to edit these two lines yourself -- there is no
+# automatic support as the Makefile is not generated by
+# config.status.)
+srcdir= .
+VPATH= .
+
+# === Variables that you may want to customize (rarely) ===
+
+# (Static) build target
+TARGET= python
+
+# Installed python binary (used only by boot target)
+PYTHON= python
+
+# Add more -I and -D options here
+CFLAGS= $(OPT) -I$(INCLUDEPY) -I$(EXECINCLUDEPY) $(DEFS)
+
+# These two variables can be set in Setup to merge extensions.
+# See example[23].
+BASELIB=
+BASESETUP=
+
+# === Variables set by makesetup ===
+
+MODOBJS= _MODOBJS_
+MODLIBS= _MODLIBS_
+
+# === Definitions added by makesetup ===
+
+# === Variables from configure (through sedscript) ===
+
+VERSION= @VERSION@
+CC= @CC@
+LINKCC= @LINKCC@
+SGI_ABI= @SGI_ABI@
+OPT= @OPT@
+LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@
+LDLAST= @LDLAST@
+DEFS= @DEFS@
+LIBS= @LIBS@
+LIBM= @LIBM@
+LIBC= @LIBC@
+RANLIB= @RANLIB@
+MACHDEP= @MACHDEP@
+SO= @SO@
+LDSHARED= @LDSHARED@
+CCSHARED= @CCSHARED@
+LINKFORSHARED= @LINKFORSHARED@
+#@SET_CCC@
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-independent files
+prefix= /usr/local
+
+# Install prefix for architecture-dependent files
+exec_prefix= $(prefix)
+
+# === Fixed definitions ===
+
+# Shell used by make (some versions default to the login shell, which is bad)
+SHELL= /bin/sh
+
+# Expanded directories
+BINDIR= $(exec_installdir)/bin
+LIBDIR= $(exec_prefix)/lib
+MANDIR= $(installdir)/man
+INCLUDEDIR= $(installdir)/include
+SCRIPTDIR= $(prefix)/lib
+
+# Detailed destination directories
+BINLIBDEST= $(LIBDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+LIBDEST= $(SCRIPTDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+INCLUDEPY= $(INCLUDEDIR)/python$(VERSION)
+EXECINCLUDEPY= $(exec_installdir)/include/python$(VERSION)
+LIBP= $(exec_installdir)/lib/python$(VERSION)
+DESTSHARED= $(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages
+
+LIBPL= $(LIBP)/config
+
+PYTHONLIBS= $(LIBPL)/libpython$(VERSION).a
+
+MAKESETUP= $(LIBPL)/makesetup
+MAKEFILE= $(LIBPL)/Makefile
+CONFIGC= $(LIBPL)/config.c
+CONFIGCIN= $(LIBPL)/config.c.in
+SETUP= $(LIBPL)/Setup
+
+SYSLIBS= $(LIBM) $(LIBC)
+
+ADDOBJS= $(LIBPL)/python.o config.o
+
+# Portable install script (configure doesn't always guess right)
+INSTALL= $(LIBPL)/install-sh -c
+# Shared libraries must be installed with executable mode on some systems;
+# rather than figuring out exactly which, we always give them executable mode.
+# Also, making them read-only seems to be a good idea...
+INSTALL_SHARED= ${INSTALL} -m 555
+
+#---------------------------------------------------
+# Possibly change some definintions for C++
+ifdef MY_LDSHARED
+LDSHARED=$(MY_LDSHARED)
+endif
+ifdef MY_LINKCC
+LINKCC=$(MY_LINKCC)
+endif
+
+
+# === Fixed rules ===
+
+# Default target. This builds shared libraries only
+default: sharedmods
+
+# Build everything
+all: static sharedmods
+
+# Build shared libraries from our extension modules
+sharedmods: $(SHAREDMODS)
+
+# Build a static Python binary containing our extension modules
+static: $(TARGET)
+$(TARGET): $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) Makefile $(BASELIB)
+ $(LINKCC) $(LDFLAGS) $(LINKFORSHARED) \
+ $(ADDOBJS) lib.a $(PYTHONLIBS) \
+ $(LINKPATH) $(BASELIB) $(MODLIBS) $(LIBS) $(SYSLIBS) \
+ -o $(TARGET) $(LDLAST)
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This is a default version of the install target for wxPython. It just
+# redirects to wxInstall below...
+
+install: wxInstall
+
+#install: sharedmods
+# if test ! -d $(DESTSHARED) ; then \
+# mkdir $(DESTSHARED) ; else true ; fi
+# -for i in X $(SHAREDMODS); do \
+# if test $$i != X; \
+# then $(INSTALL_SHARED) $$i $(DESTSHARED)/$$i; \
+# fi; \
+# done
+
+
+# Build the library containing our extension modules
+lib.a: $(MODOBJS)
+ -rm -f lib.a
+ ar cr lib.a $(MODOBJS)
+ -$(RANLIB) lib.a
+
+# This runs makesetup *twice* to use the BASESETUP definition from Setup
+config.c Makefile: Makefile.pre Setup $(BASESETUP) $(MAKESETUP)
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile do-it-again
+
+# Internal target to run makesetup for the second time
+do-it-again:
+ $(MAKESETUP) \
+ -m Makefile.pre -c $(CONFIGCIN) Setup -n $(BASESETUP) $(SETUP)
+
+# Make config.o from the config.c created by makesetup
+config.o: config.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c config.c
+
+# Setup is copied from Setup.in *only* if it doesn't yet exist
+Setup:
+ cp Setup.in Setup
+
+# Make the intermediate Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+Makefile.pre: Makefile.pre.in sedscript
+ sed -f sedscript Makefile.pre.in >Makefile.pre
+
+# Shortcuts to make the sed arguments on one line
+P=prefix
+E=exec_prefix
+H=Generated automatically from Makefile.pre.in by sedscript.
+L=LINKFORSHARED
+
+# Make the sed script used to create Makefile.pre from Makefile.pre.in
+sedscript: $(MAKEFILE)
+ sed -n \
+ -e '1s/.*/1i\\/p' \
+ -e '2s%.*%# $H%p' \
+ -e '/^VERSION=/s/^VERSION=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@VERSION[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CC=/s/^CC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCC=/s/^CCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%#@SET_CCC[@]%CCC=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LINKCC=/s/^LINKCC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LINKCC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^OPT=/s/^OPT=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@OPT[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDFLAGS=/s/^LDFLAGS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDFLAGS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^DEFS=/s/^DEFS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@DEFS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBS=/s/^LIBS=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBS[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBM=/s/^LIBM=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBM[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LIBC=/s/^LIBC=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LIBC[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^RANLIB=/s/^RANLIB=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@RANLIB[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^MACHDEP=/s/^MACHDEP=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@MACHDEP[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^SO=/s/^SO=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@SO[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^LDSHARED=/s/^LDSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@LDSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^CCSHARED=/s/^CCSHARED=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@CCSHARED[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$L=/s/^$L=[ ]*\(.*\)/s%@$L[@]%\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$P=/s/^$P=\(.*\)/s%^$P=.*%$P=\1%/p' \
+ -e '/^$E=/s/^$E=\(.*\)/s%^$E=.*%$E=\1%/p' \
+ $(MAKEFILE) >sedscript
+ echo "/^#@SET_CCC@/d" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^installdir=/s%=.*%= $(installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^exec_installdir=/s%=.*%=$(exec_installdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^srcdir=/s%=.*%= $(srcdir)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^VPATH=/s%=.*%= $(VPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^LINKPATH=/s%=.*%= $(LINKPATH)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASELIB=/s%=.*%= $(BASELIB)%" >>sedscript
+ echo "/^BASESETUP=/s%=.*%= $(BASESETUP)%" >>sedscript
+
+# Bootstrap target
+boot: clobber
+ VERSION=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.version[:3]"`; \
+ installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.prefix"`; \
+ exec_installdir=`$(PYTHON) -c "import sys; print sys.exec_prefix"`; \
+ $(MAKE) -f Makefile.pre.in VPATH=$(VPATH) srcdir=$(srcdir) \
+ VERSION=$$VERSION \
+ installdir=$$installdir \
+ exec_installdir=$$exec_installdir \
+ Makefile
+
+# Handy target to remove intermediate files and backups
+clean:
+ -rm -f *.o *~
+
+# Handy target to remove everything that is easily regenerated
+clobber: clean
+ -rm -f *.a tags TAGS config.c Makefile.pre $(TARGET) sedscript
+ -rm -f *.so *.sl so_locations
+
+
+# Handy target to remove everything you don't want to distribute
+distclean: clobber
+ -rm -f Makefile Setup
+
+
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Custom rules and dependencies added for wxPython
+#
+
+WXP_VERSION=2.1b2
+
+# WXP_SRCDIR=../wxPython/src
+
+SWIGFLAGS=-c++ -shadow -python -dnone -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) -D__WXGTK__ $(SEPARATE)
+
+
+# Implicit rules to run SWIG
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.cpp : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+$(GENCODEDIR)/%.py : %.i
+ swig $(SWIGFLAGS) -c -o $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp $<
+ rm $(GENCODEDIR)/tmp_wrap.cpp
+
+
+wxInstall : sharedmods $(PYMODULES)
+ if test ! -d $(TARGETDIR) ; then \
+ mkdir $(TARGETDIR) ; else true ; fi
+ if [ "$(SHAREDMODS)" != "" ]; then \
+ chmod 755 $(SHAREDMODS); \
+ cp $(SHAREDMODS) $(TARGETDIR); fi
+ -for i in $(PYMODULES); do \
+ cp $$i $(TARGETDIR); \
+ done
+ if [ "$(TARGETDIR)" != ".." ]; then \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py $(TARGETDIR); \
+ else \
+ python $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR); \
+ python -O $(LIBDEST)/compileall.py -l $(TARGETDIR);\
+ fi
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+Aug. 2 1999 Harm van der Heijden
+
+What's in here:
+
+lseditorplugin
+ -- minimal wrap of Alexanders Gluchovas' editor plugin. The code was
+ ransacked from the wxStudio (http://wxstudio.linuxbox.com) project.
+ Since the editor is released under the Gnu Public License, this
+ module, as a derivative work, is also released under this licence
+ and NOT THE WXWINDOWS LICENSE. See the file COPYING for details.
+ the file 'editor.py' contains a sample implementation using the
+ editorplugin object.
+
--- /dev/null
+## This file gives the details of what is needed to build this extension
+## module so the Makefile can be created.
+
+## If you have not done "make install" for wxWindows then see Setup.in.linux
+## for a more verbose version of this file.
+
+*shared*
+
+CCC=c++
+WXWIN=../../..
+GENCODEDIR=gtk
+# srcdir=$(GENCODEDIR)
+WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS=`wx-config --cflags`
+WX_CONFIG_LIBS=`wx-config --libs`
+
+
+## Depending on how your Python was built, you may have to set this
+## value to use the C++ driver to link with instead of the default
+## C driver. For example:
+MY_LDSHARED=$(CCC) -shared
+
+## Same as above, but for statically linking Python and wxPython together,
+## in other words, if you comment out the *shared* above. If this is the
+## case then you should ensure that the main() function is Python's, not
+## wxWindows'. You can rebuild $(WXWIN)/src/gtk/app.cpp with NOMAIN defined
+## to force this...
+MY_LINKCC=$(CCC)
+
+
+## Pick one of these, or set your own. This is where the wxPython module
+## should be installed. It should be a subdirectory named wxPython.
+#TARGETDIR=..
+TARGETDIR=$(BINLIBDEST)/site-packages/wxPython
+
+# The location of the wxPython source dir
+WXP_SRCDIR=../../src
+
+## define SEPARATE so that the individual modules 'know' at compile time
+## they're not going to be part of a big wxcmodule.so
+C_DEFINES = -DSWIG_GLOBAL -DWXP_USE_THREAD -DSEPARATE
+C_FLAGS = -I. -I$(WXP_SRCDIR) $(WX_CONFIG_CFLAGS)
+C_LIBS = -lwxPyHelpers $(WX_CONFIG_LIBS)
+
+PYMODULES = $(GENCODEDIR)/lseditor.py
+
+lseditorc $(GENCODEDIR)/lseditor.cpp finddlg.cpp lseditorpl.cpp markup.cpp \
+ plugin.cpp sourcepainter.cpp tdefs.cpp \
+ $(C_DEFINES) $(C_FLAGS) -Xlinker $(C_LIBS)
+
--- /dev/null
+/* config.h. Generated automatically by configure. */
+/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c. */
+/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
+/* #undef const */
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+ This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
+/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
+/* #undef inline */
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+/* #undef size_t */
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+ direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+ automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
+/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
+
+/* Define to use template STL (vs. wxSTL) */
+#define wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL 1
+
+/* Define to use framelayout library */
+/* #undef wxsUSE_FRAME_LAYOUT */
+
+/* Define to use class-info plugin */
+#define wxsUSE_CLASS_INFO 1
+
+/* Define to use window manager plugin */
+#define wxsUSE_WINDOWMANAGER 1
+
+/* Define if you have the strdup function. */
+#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "wxStudio"
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "0.0.2"
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 07/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence: wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __CONTROLAREA_G__
+#define __CONTROLAREA_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface "controlarea.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/window.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+
+#define WXCONTROLAREA_VERSION 1.0
+
+// layout types for title bars of the tabs
+// (are selected up by evaluating the available free space )
+
+class twTabInfo; // forward decl.
+
+#define wxTITLE_IMG_AND_TEXT 0
+#define wxTITLE_IMG_ONLY 1
+#define wxTITLE_BORDER_ONLY 2
+
+/*
+ * class manages and decorates contained "tab"-windows.
+ * Draws decorations similar to those in "Project Workplace"
+ * of Microsoft Developer Studio 4.xx
+ */
+
+class wxTabbedWindow : public wxPanel
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxTabbedWindow )
+
+public:
+
+ friend class wxTabbedWindowSerializer;
+
+ wxList mTabs;
+ int mActiveTab;
+ int mTitleHeight;
+ int mLayoutType;
+
+ void HideInactiveTabs( bool andRepaint );
+
+ // overrride,to provide different font for tab-labels
+
+ virtual wxFont GetLabelingFont();
+
+ // FOR NOW:: scrollbars are actually related to wxPaggedWindow
+
+ wxScrollBar* mpTabScroll;
+ wxScrollBar* mpHorizScroll;
+ wxScrollBar* mpVertScroll;
+
+public:
+
+ // public properties (invoke ReclaclLayout(TRUE) to apply changes)
+
+ wxPen mWhitePen; // default: RGB(255,255,255)
+ wxPen mLightPen; // wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT
+ wxPen mGrayPen; // wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE
+ wxPen mDarkPen; // wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW
+ wxPen mBlackPen; // default: RGB( 0, 0, 0)
+
+ int mVertGap; // default: 3
+ int mHorizGap; // default: 5
+ int mTitleVertGap; // default: 3
+ int mTitleHorizGap; // default: 4
+ int mImageTextGap; // default: 2
+ int mFirstTitleGap; // default: 11
+ int mBorderOnlyWidth; // default: 8
+
+ // notifications (can be handled by derivatives)
+
+ virtual void OnTabAdded( twTabInfo* pInfo ) {}
+
+ virtual void SizeTabs(int x,int y, int width, int height, bool repant);
+
+public:
+ wxTabbedWindow();
+ virtual ~wxTabbedWindow();
+
+ // tabs can be also added when the window is
+ // already displayed - "on the fly"
+
+ virtual void AddTab( wxWindow* pContent, // contained window
+ wxString tabText, // tab label
+ wxString imageFileName = "", // if "", only text label is displayed
+ long imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP );
+
+ // NOTE:: if this AddTab(..) overload is called, the
+ // image bitmap will not be serialized (if performed),
+ // use the above method instead, so that images could
+ // be restored using the given file names
+
+ virtual void AddTab( wxWindow* pContent,
+ wxString tabText,
+ wxBitmap* pImage = NULL );
+
+
+ virtual void RemoveTab( int tabNo );
+
+ /* misc accessors */
+
+ virtual int GetTabCount();
+ virtual wxWindow* GetTab( int tabNo );
+ virtual wxWindow* GetActiveTab();
+ virtual void SetActiveTab( int tabNo );
+
+ void DrawShadedRect( int x, int y, int width, int height,
+ wxPen& upperPen, wxPen& lowerPen, wxDC& dc );
+
+ virtual void DrawDecorations( wxDC& dc );
+
+ // return -1, if non of the title bars was hitted,
+ // otherwise the index of the hitted tab title bar
+
+ virtual int HitTest( const wxPoint& pos );
+
+ // should be invoked to redisplay window with changed properties
+
+ virtual void RecalcLayout( bool andRepaint = TRUE );
+
+ // event handlers
+
+ void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
+ void OnSize ( wxSizeEvent& event );
+
+ void OnBkErase( wxEraseEvent& event );
+ void OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event );
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+/*
+ * class manages and decorates contained "sheets" (or pages).
+ * Draws decorations similar to those in "Output window"
+ * of Microsoft Developer Studio 4.xx
+ */
+
+class wxPaggedWindow : public wxTabbedWindow
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxPaggedWindow )
+protected:
+
+ bool mScrollEventInProgress;
+
+ // drag&drop state variables
+
+ bool mIsDragged;
+ int mDagOrigin;
+ wxCursor mResizeCursor;
+ wxCursor mNormalCursor;
+ bool mCursorChanged;
+ int mOriginalTitleRowLen;
+
+ void DrawPaperBar( twTabInfo& tab, int x, int y,
+ wxBrush& brush, wxPen& pen, wxDC& dc );
+
+ int GetWholeTabRowLen();
+
+ // adjusts scorllbars to fit around tabs
+
+ virtual void OnTabAdded( twTabInfo* pInfo );
+
+ // sets smaller font for page-labels
+
+ virtual wxFont GetLabelingFont();
+
+public:
+ int mTitleRowStart;
+ int mResizeNailGap;
+ int mTabTrianGap;
+ int mTitleRowLen; // actual title row length
+ int mAdjustableTitleRowLen; // setup by dragging mini-sash
+ // with the mosue pointer
+ int mCurentRowOfs;
+
+ wxBrush mGrayBrush;
+ wxBrush mWhiteBrush;
+
+public:
+ wxPaggedWindow();
+ ~wxPaggedWindow();
+
+ // NOTE:: use public methods of the base class
+ // to add "pages" to this window
+
+ /* misc accessors */
+
+ // below two methods should be called after
+ // the tabs were added (AddTab(..)). Set up
+ // these scrollbars to match the needs of the
+ // tabs added into this area
+
+ wxScrollBar& GetVerticalScrollBar();
+ wxScrollBar& GetHorizontalScrollBar();
+
+ virtual void DrawDecorations( wxDC& dc );
+
+ // return -1, if non of the title bars was hitted,
+ // otherwise the index of the hitted tab title bar
+
+ virtual int HitTest( const wxPoint& pos );
+
+ virtual void RecalcLayout( bool andRepaint = TRUE );
+
+ // event handlers
+
+ void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
+ void OnSize ( wxSizeEvent& event );
+ void OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnLButtonUp ( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnMouseMove ( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnScroll ( wxScrollEvent& event );
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+// helper structure of wxTabbedWindow
+
+class twTabInfo : public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( twTabInfo )
+public:
+ twTabInfo();
+ ~twTabInfo();
+
+ int ImgWidth();
+ int ImgHeight();
+ int ImageToTxtGap( int prefGap );
+
+ bool HasImg();
+ wxBitmap& GetImg();
+ bool HasText();
+ wxString& GetText();
+ wxWindow& GetContent();
+
+public:
+ wxWindow* mpContent;
+ wxBitmap mBitMap;
+
+ wxString mText;
+ wxSize mDims;
+
+ // used for serialization
+ wxString mImageFile;
+ long mImageType;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: editorbase.h
+// Purpose: General interfaces for editor plug-ins.
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License wxWindows licence v2.0
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __EDITORBASE_G__
+#define __EDITORBASE_G__
+
+#include "plugin.h"
+#include "wx/window.h"
+
+class wxsSourceEditorPlugin : public wxsComponent
+{
+protected:
+ string mFileName;
+
+public:
+ /*** overridables (with default implementations) ***/
+
+ // user-level commands
+
+ virtual void OnOpen( const string& fname ) = 0;
+ virtual void OnSave( const string& fname ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void OnCopy() {}
+ virtual void OnCut() {}
+ virtual void OnPaste() {}
+ virtual void OnDelete() {}
+
+ virtual void OnUndo() {}
+ virtual void OnRedo() {}
+
+ virtual void SelectAll() {}
+
+ // NOTE:: column -1 should result cursor to appear
+ // at the start of the first word in the line (if any)
+
+ virtual void OnGotoLine( int lineNo, int column = -1 ) {}
+
+ // should invoke editor's own "goto-line" dialog
+ virtual void OnGotoLine() {}
+
+ virtual void OnProperties() {}
+
+ virtual void OnFind() {}
+ virtual void OnFindNext() {}
+ virtual void OnFindPrevious() {}
+ virtual void OnReplace() {}
+
+ virtual void OnToggleBookmark() {}
+ virtual void OnNextBookmark() {}
+ virtual void OnPreviousBookmark() {}
+ virtual void OnShowBookmarks() {}
+
+ virtual void SetCheckpoint() {}
+ virtual bool CheckpointModified() { return TRUE; }
+
+ // UI-updates
+
+ virtual bool CanCopy() { return FALSE; }
+ virtual bool CanCut() { return FALSE; }
+ virtual bool CanPaste() { return FALSE; }
+ virtual bool CanUndo() { return FALSE; }
+ virtual bool CanRedo() { return FALSE; }
+
+ // accesed by framework
+
+ virtual bool IsModified() { return TRUE; }
+
+ // returned buffer is NULL, if operation is not supported
+ // by this concrete editor
+
+ virtual void GetAllText( char** ppBuf, size_t* length )
+
+ { *ppBuf = NULL; *length = 0; }
+
+ virtual string FindWordAtCursor() = 0;
+
+ // returned line and column are -1s, if operation
+ // is not supported this concrete editor
+
+ virtual void GetCursorPos( int* line, int* column )
+
+ { *line = -1; *column = -1; }
+
+ virtual void GetPagePos( int* line, int* column )
+
+ { *line = -1; *column = -1; }
+
+ virtual void SetCursorPos( int line, int column ) {}
+
+ // returned buffer is NULL, if operation is not supported
+ // by this concrete editor,
+ // (NOTE: range is given from "fromLine", but not
+ // including tillLine, [fomrLine,tillLine) )
+
+ virtual void GetText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn,
+ char** ppBuf, size_t* length )
+ { ppBuf = NULL; }
+
+ virtual void InsertText( int line, int column,
+ char* text, size_t lenght )
+ {}
+
+ virtual void DeleteText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn )
+ {}
+
+ virtual void PositionToXY( int line, int column, int* x, int* y )
+
+ { *x = -1; *y = -1; }
+
+ virtual void GetSelectionRange( int* fromLine, int* fromColumn,
+ int* tillLine, int* tillColumn )
+
+ { *fromLine = -1; // not supported by default
+ }
+
+ virtual wxSize GetCharacterSize() { return wxSize(-1,-1); }
+
+ virtual bool IsUnixText()
+
+// default impl., actual implementation should use auto-detection
+
+#ifdef __WINDOWS__
+ { return FALSE; }
+#else
+ { return TRUE; }
+#endif
+
+ // requests editor to keep cursor blinking, even when
+ // the window has lost it's focus
+
+ virtual void HoldCursor( bool hold )
+ {}
+
+ virtual string GetFileName() { return mFileName; }
+ virtual void SetFileName( const string& fname ) { mFileName = fname; }
+
+ // overriden methods of wxStudioPluginBase
+ virtual WXS_PLUGIN_TYPE GetType() {return WXS_EDITOR_PLUGIN;}
+ virtual string GetCategory() { return "Editor";}
+};
+
+#endif
+ // __EDITORBASE_G__
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 08/05/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "finddlg.h"
+
+/***** Implementation for class wxFindTextDialog *****/
+
+//#define wxID_OK 3453453
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxFindTextDialog, wxDialog )
+
+ // FIXME:: why OnOk() is not called??
+ //EVT_BUTTON( wxID_OK, wxFindTextDialog::OnOK )
+
+ EVT_CHAR_HOOK(wxFindTextDialog::OnKeyHook)
+
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+wxString wxFindTextDialog::mLastExpr;
+bool wxFindTextDialog::mMatchCase = TRUE;
+bool wxFindTextDialog::mMatchWord = FALSE;
+StrListT wxFindTextDialog::mExprList;
+
+// FIXME:: workaround for mystic. crashes wiht MSDev4.0
+
+static wxComboBox* __gpCombo = NULL;
+
+wxFindTextDialog::wxFindTextDialog( wxWindow* parent, const string& expr )
+
+ : wxDialog( parent, -1, "Find",
+ wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 335, 130 ),
+ wxDIALOG_MODAL | wxCAPTION | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL |
+ wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE
+ )
+{
+ mLastExpr = expr;
+
+ int leftMargin = 20;
+ int inputY = 20;
+ int inputWidth = 200;
+
+ wxStaticText* pStatic =
+ new wxStaticText( this, -1, "Fi&nd what:",
+ wxPoint( leftMargin, inputY ) );
+
+ int checkY = inputY + 25;
+
+ mpWordCheck = new wxCheckBox( this, -1, "Match &whole word only",
+ wxPoint( leftMargin, checkY ) );
+
+ mpCaseCheck = new wxCheckBox( this, -1, "Match &case",
+ wxPoint( leftMargin, checkY + 20 ) );
+
+ mpCaseCheck->SetValue( mMatchCase );
+ mpWordCheck->SetValue( mMatchWord );
+
+ int btnX = inputWidth + leftMargin + 23;
+ int btnY = inputY - 4;
+
+ wxSize btnSize( 70, 25 );
+
+ wxButton* pOkBtn = new wxButton( this, wxID_OK, "&Find",
+ wxPoint( btnX, btnY ), btnSize );
+
+ wxButton* pCancelBtn = new wxButton( this, wxID_CANCEL, "&Cancel",
+ wxPoint( btnX, btnY + 10 + btnSize.y ), btnSize );
+
+ __gpCombo = new wxComboBox( this, -1, mLastExpr,
+ wxPoint( leftMargin + 60, inputY - 2 ),
+ wxSize( inputWidth - 50, 20 ) );
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mExprList.size(); ++i )
+
+ __gpCombo->Append( mExprList[i] );
+
+ pOkBtn->SetDefault();
+ __gpCombo->SetFocus();
+
+ Center( wxBOTH );
+}
+
+void wxFindTextDialog::SetExpr( const wxString& expr )
+{
+ mLastExpr = expr;
+ __gpCombo->SetValue( mLastExpr );
+
+}
+
+wxComboBox* wxFindTextDialog::GetCombo()
+{
+ return __gpCombo;
+}
+
+bool wxFindTextDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
+{
+ mLastExpr = GetCombo()->GetValue();
+ mMatchCase = mpCaseCheck->GetValue();
+ mMatchWord = mpWordCheck->GetValue();
+
+ if ( mLastExpr != "" )
+ {
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mExprList.size(); ++i )
+
+ if ( mExprList[i] == mLastExpr )
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ( mExprList.size() > 20 )
+
+ mExprList.pop_back();
+
+ mExprList.push_back( mLastExpr );
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxFindTextDialog::OnKeyHook( wxKeyEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_RETURN )
+ {
+ TransferDataFromWindow();
+ EndModal( wxID_OK );
+ }
+ else
+ event.Skip();
+}
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef __FINDDLG_G__
+#define __FINDDLG_G__
+
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/checkbox.h"
+#include "wx/combobox.h"
+
+#include "wxstldefs.h"
+
+class wxFindTextDialog : public wxDialog
+{
+public:
+ static wxString mLastExpr;
+ static bool mMatchCase;
+ static bool mMatchWord;
+ static StrListT mExprList;
+
+ wxCheckBox* mpCaseCheck;
+ wxCheckBox* mpWordCheck;
+
+public:
+ wxFindTextDialog( wxWindow* parent, const string& expr = "" );
+
+ bool MatchWordOn() { return mMatchWord; }
+ bool MatchCaseOn() { return mMatchCase; }
+ wxString GetExpr() { return mLastExpr; }
+ void SetExpr( const wxString& expr );
+
+ wxComboBox* GetCombo();
+
+ virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
+
+ void OnKeyHook( wxKeyEvent& event );
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: utils.i
+// Purpose: SWIG definitions of various utility classes
+//
+// Author: Robin Dunn
+//
+// Created: 25-nov-1998
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 by Total Control Software
+// Licence: wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+%module lseditor
+
+%{
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "lseditorpl.h"
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%include typemaps.i
+%include my_typemaps.i
+
+%extern wx.i
+%extern windows.i
+%extern windows2.i
+%extern windows3.i
+%extern frames.i
+%extern _defs.i
+%extern misc.i
+%extern gdi.i
+%extern controls.i
+%extern events.i
+
+
+%{
+#ifdef SEPARATE
+ wxString wxPyEmptyStr("");
+#endif
+%}
+
+%pragma(python) code = "import wx"
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxsLSEditorPlugin
+{
+public:
+ wxsLSEditorPlugin();
+ ~wxsLSEditorPlugin();
+
+ void Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id );
+
+ virtual void OnOpen( const char* fname );
+ virtual void OnSave( const char* fname );
+
+ virtual void OnCopy();
+ virtual void OnCut();
+ virtual void OnPaste();
+ virtual void OnDelete();
+
+ void OnUndo();
+ void OnRedo();
+
+ void SelectAll();
+ void OnGotoLine( int lineNo, int column = 0 );
+ void OnGotoLine();
+ void OnProperties();
+
+ void OnFind();
+ void OnFindNext();
+ void OnFindPrevious();
+ void OnReplace();
+
+ virtual void OnToggleBookmark();
+ virtual void OnNextBookmark();
+ virtual void OnPreviousBookmark();
+ virtual void OnShowBookmarks();
+
+ virtual void SetCheckpoint();
+ virtual bool CheckpointModified();
+
+ // UI-updates
+
+ bool CanCopy();
+ bool CanCut();
+ bool CanPaste();
+ bool CanUndo();
+ bool CanRedo();
+
+ // accesed by framework
+
+ virtual string GetName(){ return "Alex's Language Sensitive Editor"; }
+
+ virtual bool IsModified();
+
+ virtual wxWindow* GetWindow();
+
+ //virtual void GetAllText( char** ppBuf, size_t* length );
+
+ virtual void SetFileName( const char* fname );
+
+ virtual void HoldCursor( bool hold );
+
+ //virtual wxsPluginBase* Clone() { return new wxsLSEditorPlugin(); };
+
+ virtual string FindWordAtCursor();
+
+ virtual void GetCursorPos( int* line, int* column );
+ virtual void SetCursorPos( int line, int column );
+
+ virtual void GetPagePos( int* line, int* column );
+
+ virtual void GetText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn,
+ char** ppBuf, size_t* length );
+
+ virtual void InsertText( int line, int column,
+ char* text, size_t lenght );
+
+ virtual void DeleteText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn );
+
+ virtual void PositionToXY( int line, int column, int* x, int* y );
+
+ virtual void GetSelectionRange( int* fromLine, int* fromColumn,
+ int* tillLine, int* tillColumn );
+
+ virtual wxSize GetCharacterSize();
+
+ virtual bool IsUnixText();
+
+ // some extras (just in case..)
+
+ //wxTextEditorModel& GetModel();
+ //wxTextEditorView& GetView();
+};
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%init %{
+
+ wxClassInfo::CleanUpClasses();
+ wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses();
+
+%}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+EXPORTS
+ initlseditorc
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: lseditorpl.cpp
+// Purpose: Language-sensative editor plugin for wxStudio
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandars Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#include "lseditorpl.h"
+#include "tdefs.h"
+
+/***** Impelmentation for class wxsLSEditorPlugin *****/
+
+wxsLSEditorPlugin::wxsLSEditorPlugin()
+
+ : mpModel( NULL ),
+ mpView( NULL )
+{}
+
+wxsLSEditorPlugin::~wxsLSEditorPlugin()
+{
+ // view is destroyed by wxWindows along
+ // with it's owned model
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id )
+{
+ mpModel = new wxTextEditorModel();
+
+ mpView = new wxTextEditorView( parent, id, mpModel );
+
+ mpModel->AddView( mpView );
+ mpView->Activate();
+
+ mpView->AddPinPainter( new TBreakpointPainter() );
+
+ mpView->SyncScrollbars();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnOpen( const string& fname )
+{
+ mpModel->LoadTextFromFile( fname );
+
+ SetFileName( fname );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnSave( const string& fname )
+{
+ mpModel->SaveTextToFile( fname );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnCopy()
+{
+ mpModel->OnCopy();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnCut()
+{
+ mpModel->OnCut();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnPaste()
+{
+ mpModel->OnPaste();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnDelete()
+{
+ mpModel->OnDelete();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnUndo()
+{
+ mpModel->OnUndo();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnRedo()
+{
+ mpModel->OnRedo();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::SelectAll()
+{
+ mpModel->OnSelectAll();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnGotoLine()
+{
+ mpModel->OnGotoLine();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnGotoLine( int lineNo, int column )
+{
+ mpModel->ResetSelection();
+ mpModel->OnGotoLine( lineNo, column );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnProperties()
+{
+ // not impl.
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnFind()
+{
+ mpModel->OnFind();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnFindNext()
+{
+ mpModel->OnFindNext();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnFindPrevious()
+{
+ mpModel->OnFindPrevious();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnReplace()
+{
+ // not impl.
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnToggleBookmark()
+{
+ mpModel->OnToggleBookmark();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnNextBookmark()
+{
+ mpModel->OnNextBookmark();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnPreviousBookmark()
+{
+ mpModel->OnPreviousBookmark();
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::OnShowBookmarks()
+{
+ // not impl.
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::SetCheckpoint()
+{
+ mpModel->SetCheckpoint();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CheckpointModified()
+{
+ return mpModel->CheckpointModified();
+}
+
+// UI-updates
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CanCopy()
+{
+ return mpModel->CanCopy();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CanCut()
+{
+ return mpModel->CanCopy();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CanPaste()
+{
+ return mpModel->CanPaste();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CanUndo()
+{
+ return mpModel->CanUndo();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::CanRedo()
+{
+ return mpModel->CanRedo();
+}
+
+// accesed by framework
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::IsModified()
+{
+ return mpModel->IsModified();
+}
+
+wxWindow* wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetWindow()
+{
+ return mpView;
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetAllText( char** ppBuf, size_t* length )
+{
+ mpModel->GetAllText( ppBuf, *length );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::SetFileName( const string& fname )
+{
+ mFileName = fname;
+
+ if ( mpView )
+
+ mpView->SetName( fname );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::HoldCursor( bool hold )
+{
+ mpView->HoldCursor( hold );
+}
+
+string wxsLSEditorPlugin::FindWordAtCursor()
+{
+ mpModel->OnSelectWord();
+
+ char* buf = NULL; size_t len = 0;
+
+ mpModel->GetSelection( &buf, len );
+
+ if ( buf )
+ {
+ string word = string( buf, 0, len );
+ delete [] buf;
+ return word;
+ }
+ else
+ return "";
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetCursorPos( int* line, int* column )
+{
+ TPosition pos = mpModel->GetCursor();
+
+ *line = (int)pos.mRow;
+ *column = (int)pos.mCol;
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::SetCursorPos( int line, int column )
+{
+ mpModel->OnGotoLine( line, column );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetPagePos( int* line, int* column )
+{
+ TPosition pos = mpView->GetPagePos();
+
+ *line = pos.mRow;
+ *column = pos.mCol;
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn,
+ char** ppBuf, size_t* length )
+{
+ mpModel->GetTextFromRange( TPosition( fromLine, fromColumn ),
+ TPosition( tillLine, tillColumn ),
+ ppBuf, *length );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::InsertText( int line, int column,
+ char* text, size_t lenght )
+{
+ mpModel->InsertText( TPosition( line, column ),
+ text, lenght );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::DeleteText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn )
+{
+ mpModel->DeleteRange( TPosition( fromLine, fromColumn ),
+ TPosition( tillLine, tillColumn ) );
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::PositionToXY( int line, int column, int* x, int* y )
+{
+ TPosition scrPos;
+
+ mpView->TextPosToScreenPos( TPosition( line, column ), scrPos );
+ mpView->ScreenPosToPixels( scrPos, *x, *y );
+
+ *y += mpView->mCharDim.y; // lower-right corner
+}
+
+void wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetSelectionRange( int* fromLine, int* fromColumn,
+ int* tillLine, int* tillColumn )
+{
+ TPosition start = mpModel->GetStartOfSelection();
+ TPosition end = mpModel->GetEndOfSelection();
+
+ *fromLine = (int)start.mRow;
+ *fromColumn = (int)start.mCol;
+ *tillLine = (int)end.mRow;
+ *tillColumn = (int)end.mCol;
+}
+
+wxSize wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetCharacterSize()
+{
+ return mpView->GetCharacterSize();
+}
+
+bool wxsLSEditorPlugin::IsUnixText()
+{
+ return mpModel->IsUnixText();
+}
+
+wxTextEditorModel& wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetModel()
+{
+ return *mpModel;
+}
+
+wxTextEditorView& wxsLSEditorPlugin::GetView()
+{
+ return *mpView;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: nativeeditorpl.h
+// Purpose: Language-sensative editor plugin for wxStudio
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __LSEDITORPL_G__
+#define __LSEDITORPL_G__
+
+#include "editorpl.h"
+
+class wxTextEditorModel;
+class wxTextEditorView;
+
+class wxsLSEditorPlugin : public wxsSourceEditorPlugin
+{
+protected:
+ wxTextEditorModel* mpModel;
+ wxTextEditorView* mpView;
+
+public:
+ wxsLSEditorPlugin();
+ ~wxsLSEditorPlugin();
+
+ void Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id );
+
+ virtual void OnOpen( const string& fname );
+ virtual void OnSave( const string& fname );
+
+ virtual void OnCopy();
+ virtual void OnCut();
+ virtual void OnPaste();
+ virtual void OnDelete();
+
+ void OnUndo();
+ void OnRedo();
+
+ void SelectAll();
+ void OnGotoLine( int lineNo, int column = 0 );
+ void OnGotoLine();
+ void OnProperties();
+
+ void OnFind();
+ void OnFindNext();
+ void OnFindPrevious();
+ void OnReplace();
+
+ virtual void OnToggleBookmark();
+ virtual void OnNextBookmark();
+ virtual void OnPreviousBookmark();
+ virtual void OnShowBookmarks();
+
+ virtual void SetCheckpoint();
+ virtual bool CheckpointModified();
+
+ // UI-updates
+
+ bool CanCopy();
+ bool CanCut();
+ bool CanPaste();
+ bool CanUndo();
+ bool CanRedo();
+
+ // accesed by framework
+
+ virtual string GetName(){ return "Alex's Language Sensitive Editor"; }
+
+ virtual bool IsModified();
+
+ virtual wxWindow* GetWindow();
+
+ virtual void GetAllText( char** ppBuf, size_t* length );
+
+ virtual void SetFileName( const string& fname );
+
+ virtual void HoldCursor( bool hold );
+
+ virtual wxsPluginBase* Clone() { return new wxsLSEditorPlugin(); };
+
+ virtual string FindWordAtCursor();
+
+ virtual void GetCursorPos( int* line, int* column );
+ virtual void SetCursorPos( int line, int column );
+
+ virtual void GetPagePos( int* line, int* column );
+
+ virtual void GetText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn,
+ char** ppBuf, size_t* length );
+
+ virtual void InsertText( int line, int column,
+ char* text, size_t lenght );
+
+ virtual void DeleteText( int fromLine, int fromColumn,
+ int tillLine, int tillColumn );
+
+ virtual void PositionToXY( int line, int column, int* x, int* y );
+
+ virtual void GetSelectionRange( int* fromLine, int* fromColumn,
+ int* tillLine, int* tillColumn );
+
+ virtual wxSize GetCharacterSize();
+
+ virtual bool IsUnixText();
+
+ // some extras (just in case..)
+
+ wxTextEditorModel& GetModel();
+ wxTextEditorView& GetView();
+};
+
+#endif
+ // __LSEDITORPL_G__
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 22/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "markup.h"
+
+static TagStructT htmlTags[] =
+{
+ { "<b>","</b>" }, // 0
+ { "<i>","</i>" }, // 1
+ { "<pre>","</pre>" }, // 2
+ { "<font color=\"#000000\">","</font>" }, // 3
+ { "<font color=\"#8F0000\">","</font>" }, // 4
+ { "<font color=\"#008F00\">","</font>" }, // 5
+ { "<font color=\"#0000CF\">","</font>" }, // 6
+ { "<p>","</p>" }, // 7
+ { "<br>","" }, // 8
+ { "<h1>","</h1>" }, // 9
+ { "<h2>","</h2>" }, // 10
+ { "<h3>","</h3>" }, // 11
+ { "<ul>","</ul>" }, // 12
+ { "<li>","</li>" }, // 13
+};
+
+MarkupTagsT get_HTML_markup_tags()
+{
+ return htmlTags;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 22/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __MARKUP_G__
+#define __MARKUP_G__
+
+// indicies for the MarkupTagsT array
+
+#define TAG_BOLD 0
+#define TAG_ITALIC 1
+
+#define TAG_FIXED_FONT 2
+#define TAG_BLACK_FONT 3
+#define TAG_RED_FONT 4
+#define TAG_GREEN_FONT 5
+#define TAG_BLUE_FONT 6
+
+#define TAG_PARAGRAPH 7
+#define TAG_NEW_LINE 8
+#define TAG_HEADING_1 9
+#define TAG_HEADING_2 10
+#define TAG_HEADING_3 11
+
+#define TAG_ITEM_LIST 12
+#define TAG_LIST_ITEM 13
+
+struct TagStructT
+{
+ char* start; // tag that starts style
+ char* end; // tag that finishes style
+};
+
+// tag array
+typedef TagStructT* MarkupTagsT;
+
+// returns array of TagStructT with tag strings for HTML
+
+MarkupTagsT get_HTML_markup_tags();
+
+// MarkupTagsT get_PostScript_markup_tags();
+// MarkupTagsT get_Latex_markup_tags();
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wxsplbase.cpp
+// Purpose: General interfaces for all plug-ins in wxStudio
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License wxWindows licence v2.0
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "plugin.h"
+
+/***** Implementation for class wxStudioPluginManager *****/
+
+void wxsPluginManager::RegisterMenuCommand( const wxString& itemName,
+ const wxString& menuName,
+ int id,
+ wxsPluginBase* forPlugin )
+{
+ // TBD::
+}
+
+void wxsPluginManager::UnregisterPlugin( wxsPluginBase* plugin )
+{
+ // TBD::
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class wxStudioPluginBase *****/
+
+wxsPluginBase::wxsPluginBase()
+{}
+
+wxsPluginBase::~wxsPluginBase()
+{}
+
+
+wxsPluginManager& wxsPluginBase::GetPluginManager()
+{
+ wxASSERT( mpPluginMgr );
+ return *mpPluginMgr;
+}
+
+void wxsPluginBase::SetPluginManager( wxsPluginManager* pMgr )
+{
+ mpPluginMgr = pMgr;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wxsplbase.h
+// Purpose: General interfaces for all plug-ins in wxStudio
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License wxWindows licence v2.0
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __PLUGIN_G__
+#define __PLUGIN_G__
+
+#include "wxstldefs.h"
+#include "wxsdefs.h"
+
+class wxsPluginBase;
+typedef wxsPluginBase* wxsPluginBasePtrT;
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+typedef vector<wxsPluginBasePtrT> wxsPluginListT;
+#else
+typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY(wxsPluginBasePtrT) wxsPluginListT;
+#endif
+
+
+class wxsPluginManager : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+
+ wxsPluginListT& GetPlugins();
+
+ // allows to present plugin-specific features
+ // as items in the menu-bar
+
+ void RegisterMenuCommand( const string& itemName,
+ const string& menuName,
+ int id,
+ wxsPluginBase* forPlugin );
+
+ // should be called by plugin, when it's being destroyed
+
+ void UnregisterPlugin( wxsPluginBase* plugin );
+};
+
+
+
+// Used by create settings panel:
+enum {
+ WXS_SETTINGS_GLOBAL,
+ WXS_SETTINGS_PROJECT
+};
+
+
+class wxsPluginBase : public wxObject
+{
+protected:
+ wxsPluginManager* mpPluginMgr;
+
+public:
+
+ wxsPluginBase();
+ virtual ~wxsPluginBase();
+
+ virtual void InitPlugin() {}
+
+ // utilities
+
+ wxsPluginManager& GetPluginManager();
+ void SetPluginManager( wxsPluginManager* mgr );
+
+ // overridables
+
+ // Current Types = UNKNOWN,EDITOR,CLASSBROWSER,FILEBROWSER,CLASSINFO,TOOL
+ virtual WXS_PLUGIN_TYPE GetType() = 0;
+ virtual string GetCategory() = 0;
+
+ virtual string GetName() = 0;
+ // will return a help panel
+ virtual wxWindow* CreateSettingsPanel(wxWindow *parent, int type) {return NULL;}
+ virtual wxsPluginBase* Clone() = 0;
+
+ virtual string Command( const string& name, const string& args )
+
+ { return "NO_SUPPORTED"; }
+};
+
+// base clas for all plugins which are presented as windows
+
+class wxsComponent : public wxsPluginBase
+{
+public:
+ virtual void Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id ) = 0;
+ virtual wxWindow* GetWindow() = 0;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // __PLUGIN_G__
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 22/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+
+ #include <map>
+ using namespace std;
+#else
+
+ #include <wxstlac.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#include "sourcepainter.h"
+
+const int MAX_KEYWORD_LEN = 16;
+
+struct KeywordT
+{
+ char keyWord[MAX_KEYWORD_LEN];
+ int rank;
+};
+
+// source fragment ranks :
+
+// 0 - nomral text
+// 1 - basic types
+// 2 - reserved words
+
+// multil-language keywords map
+
+static KeywordT __gKeyWords[] =
+{
+ { "for", 1 },
+ { "FOR", 1 },
+ { "For", 1 },
+
+ { "next", 1 },
+ { "Next", 1 },
+ { "NEXT", 1 },
+
+ { "if", 1 },
+ { "If", 1 },
+ { "IF", 1 },
+
+ { "then", 1 },
+ { "Then", 1 },
+ { "THEN", 1 },
+
+ { "else", 1 },
+ { "Else", 1 },
+ { "ELSE", 1 },
+
+ { "do", 1 },
+ { "Do", 1 },
+ { "DO", 1 },
+
+
+ { "break", 1 },
+ { "Break", 1 },
+ { "BREAK", 1 },
+
+ { "continue", 1 },
+
+ { "goto", 1 },
+ { "Goto", 1 },
+ { "GOTO", 1 },
+
+ { "switch", 1 },
+ { "default", 1 },
+ { "case", 1 },
+
+ { "repeat", 1 },
+ { "Repeat", 1 },
+ { "REPEAT", 1 },
+
+ { "until", 1 },
+ { "Until", 1 },
+ { "UNTIL", 1 },
+
+ { "return", 1 },
+ { "Return", 1 },
+ { "RETURN", 1 },
+
+ { "unit", 1 },
+ { "Unit", 1 },
+ { "UNIT", 1 },
+
+ { "procedure", 1 },
+ { "Procedure", 1 },
+ { "PROCEDURE", 1 },
+
+ { "function", 1 },
+ { "Function", 1 },
+ { "FUNCTION", 1 },
+
+ { "begin", 1 },
+ { "Begin", 1 },
+ { "BEGIN", 1 },
+
+ { "End", 1 },
+ { "END", 1 },
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ { "enum", 1 },
+ { "static", 1 },
+ { "const", 1 },
+ { "mutable", 1 },
+ { "volatile", 1 },
+ { "__asm", 1 },
+ { "asm", 1 },
+
+ { "typeid", 1 },
+ { "sizeof", 1 },
+ { "typeof", 1 },
+
+
+ { "native", 1 },
+
+ { "#include", 1 },
+ { "#define", 1 },
+ { "#def", 1 },
+ { "#undef", 1 },
+ { "#ifdef", 1 },
+ { "#ifndef", 1 },
+ { "#if", 1 },
+ { "#endif", 1 },
+ { "#elif", 1 },
+ { "#else", 1 },
+ { "#pragma", 1 },
+ { "#line", 1 },
+
+ { "package", 1 },
+ { "import", 1 },
+ { "export", 1 },
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ { "dynamic_cast", 1 },
+ { "const_cast", 1 },
+
+ //////// some hacks for VB /////////
+
+ { "sub", 1 },
+ { "Sub", 1 },
+ { "SUB", 1 },
+ { "as", 1 },
+ { "As", 1 },
+ { "AS", 1 },
+
+ /////// data types ///////
+
+ { "int" , 1 },
+ { "integer", 1 },
+ { "Integer", 1 },
+ { "INTEGER", 1 },
+
+ { "real", 1 },
+ { "Real", 1 },
+ { "REAL", 1 },
+
+ { "float", 1 },
+ { "Float", 1 },
+ { "FLOAT", 1 },
+
+ { "char", 1 },
+ { "Char", 1 },
+ { "CHAR", 1 },
+
+ { "register", 1 },
+
+ { "string", 1 },
+ { "String", 1 },
+ { "STRING", 1 },
+
+ { "array", 1 },
+ { "Array", 1 },
+ { "ARRAY", 1 },
+
+ { "packed", 1 },
+ { "Packed", 1 },
+ { "PACKED", 1 },
+
+ { "property", 1 },
+ { "Property", 1 },
+ { "PROPERTY", 1 },
+
+ { "unsigned", 1 },
+
+ { "long", 1 },
+ { "double", 1 },
+ { "short", 1 },
+ { "bool", 1 },
+
+ { "longint", 1 },
+ { "Longint", 1 },
+ { "LONGINT", 1 },
+
+ { "extended", 1 },
+ { "Extended", 1 },
+ { "EXTENTED", 1 },
+
+ { "pointer", 1 },
+ { "Pointer", 1 },
+ { "POINTER", 1 },
+
+ { "and", 1 },
+ { "And", 1 },
+ { "AND", 1 },
+ { "or", 1 },
+ { "Or", 1 },
+ { "OR", 1 },
+ { "xor", 1 },
+ { "Xor", 1 },
+ { "XOR", 1 },
+
+ { "void", 1 },
+ { "__stdcall", 1 },
+ { "__declspec", 1 },
+ { "extern", 1 },
+ { "stdcall", 1 },
+ { "dllimport", 1 },
+ { "dllexport", 1 },
+ { "__cdecl", 1 },
+ { "cdecl", 1 },
+ { "template", 1 },
+ { "typedef", 1 },
+ { "naked", 1 },
+
+ { "try", 1 },
+ { "catch", 1 },
+ { "throw", 2 }, // C++
+ { "throws", 1 }, // Java
+
+
+ { "finalize", 1 },
+
+ // "STL-suport"
+
+ { "size_t", 1 },
+ { "NPOS", 1 },
+ { "vector", 1 },
+ { "list", 1 },
+ { "map", 1 },
+ { "multimap", 1 },
+
+ { "external", 1 },
+ { "External", 1 },
+ { "EXTERNAL", 1 },
+
+ //////////// meta-information //////////////
+
+ { "virtual", 2 },
+ { "Virtual", 2 },
+
+ { "override", 2 },
+ { "Override", 2 },
+
+ { "class", 2 },
+ { "Class", 2 },
+ { "CLASS", 2 },
+
+ { "struct", 2 },
+ { "union", 2 },
+
+ { "record", 2 },
+ { "Record", 2 },
+ { "RECORD", 2 },
+
+ { "form", 1 },
+ { "Form", 1 },
+ { "FORM", 1 },
+
+ { "namespace", 2 },
+
+ { "interface" , 2 },
+ { "abstract", 2 },
+
+ { "Interface" , 2 },
+ { "INTERFACE" , 2 },
+
+ { "implementation", 2 },
+ { "Implementation", 2 },
+ { "IMPLEMENTATION", 2 },
+
+ { "label", 2 },
+ { "Label", 2 },
+ { "LABEL", 2 },
+
+ { "implements", 2 },
+ { "extends", 2 },
+
+ { "public", 2 },
+ { "private", 2 },
+ { "protected", 2 },
+
+ { "this", 1 },
+ { "This", 1 },
+ { "THIS", 1 },
+
+ { "new", 1 },
+ { "New", 1 },
+ { "NEW", 1 },
+
+ { "delete", 2 },
+ { "inline", 2 },
+
+ { "operator", 1 },
+
+ { "Inherited", 2 },
+ { "Inherited", 2 },
+
+ { "final", 2 },
+ { "implements", 2 },
+ { "super", 2 },
+
+ // even more...
+ { "java", 2 },
+ { "Java", 2 },
+ { "JAVA", 2 },
+ { "delphi", 2 },
+ { "Delphi", 2 },
+ { "SmallTalk", 2 },
+ { "Smalltalk", 2 },
+ { "smalltalk", 2 },
+ { "assembler", 2 },
+ { "Assembler", 2 },
+ { "Basic", 2 },
+ { "BASIC", 2 },
+ { "basic", 2 },
+ { "CORBA", 2 },
+ { "COBOL", 2 },
+ { "ADA", 2 },
+ { "LISP", 2 },
+
+ // just for fun...
+ { "life", 2 },
+ { "sucks", 2 },
+ { "rules", 2 },
+ { "Quake", 2 },
+ { "QuakeWorld", 2 },
+ { "[ag_slammer]",2 },
+ { "Aleksandras", 2 },
+ { "Gluchovas" , 2 },
+ { "Alex", 2 },
+ { "alex", 2 },
+ { "aleks", 2 },
+ { "aleksas", 3 },
+ { "AlexSoft", 2 },
+ { "Alexsoft", 2 },
+ { "SpringSky", 2 },
+ { "SK_Team", 2 },
+ { "soften", 2 },
+ { "UB40", 2 },
+ { "U96", 2 }
+};
+
+struct less_c_str
+{
+ inline bool operator()( char* x, char* y) const
+ { return ( strcmp( x,y ) < 0 );
+ }
+};
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+
+ typedef map< char*, char*, less_c_str > KeywordMapT;
+
+#else
+
+ typedef char* CharPtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_MAP( CharPtrT, CharPtrT ,less_c_str) KeywordMapT;
+
+#endif
+
+static KeywordMapT __gMultiLangMap;
+static int __gMapReady = 0;
+
+void check_keyword_map( int keywordMapNr )
+{
+ if ( !__gMapReady )
+ {
+ __gMapReady = 1;
+
+ // "make sure" the address of the first member of non-polimorphic class
+ // coinsides with the address of the instance
+
+ KeywordT dummy;
+
+ if ( (char*)& dummy != &dummy.keyWord[0] )
+ throw;
+
+ int size = sizeof(__gKeyWords) / sizeof( KeywordT );
+
+ for( int i = 0; i != size; ++i )
+
+ __gMultiLangMap.insert(
+ KeywordMapT::value_type( (char*)&__gKeyWords[i],
+ (char*)&__gKeyWords[i]
+ )
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+int get_rank( char* start, char* end )
+{
+ // FIXME:: what if end is no longer leagal adress?
+
+ char tmp = *end;
+ *end = '\0'; // put temporary terminator
+
+ KeywordMapT::iterator i;
+
+ if ( (i = __gMultiLangMap.find( start ) ) != __gMultiLangMap.end() )
+ {
+ KeywordT* pKey = (KeywordT*)(*i).second;
+
+ *end = tmp;
+
+ return pKey->rank;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *end = tmp;
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline void store_range( IntListT& results, int rank, int range_len )
+{
+ if ( !range_len ) return;
+
+ results.push_back ( ( rank << 16 ) | ( range_len ) );
+}
+
+
+#define STORE_RANGE store_range( results, cur_rank, cur_range_len );\
+ cur_rank = cur_range_len = 0;
+
+#define NEXT_CHAR cur_range_len++; \
+ ++cur; \
+ continue;
+
+static inline int is_alpha( char ch )
+{
+ return ( (( ch >= '_' ) && ( ch <= 'z' )) ||
+ (( ch >= 'A' ) && ( ch <= 'Z' ))
+ );
+}
+
+ // _ . .
+ // Ziema atEjo netikEtai
+
+static void heighlight_syntax( char* str, int strLen,
+ IntListT& results, bool& isComment )
+{
+ bool isMultiline = 0;
+ char* cur = str;
+ char* end = str + strLen;
+
+ int cur_rank = ( isComment == 1 ) ? RANK_GREEN : RANK_BLACK;
+ int cur_range_len = 0;
+
+ while ( cur != end )
+ {
+ int has_next = ( cur+1 != end );
+
+ if ( isComment )
+ {
+ if ( *cur == '*' )
+ if ( has_next && *(cur+1) == '/' )
+ {
+ // turn off multiline comment mode
+ cur += 2;
+ cur_range_len += 2;
+ isComment = 0;
+ isMultiline = 0;
+ STORE_RANGE;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ ++cur_range_len;
+ ++cur;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ if ( *cur == 10 )
+ if ( isComment )
+ if ( isMultiline )
+ {
+ cur_rank = RANK_GREEN;
+ cur_range_len = end - cur;
+ STORE_RANGE;
+ isComment = 0;
+ isMultiline = 0;
+ continue;
+ }*/
+
+ if ( *cur == '/' )
+ {
+ if ( has_next )
+ {
+ if ( *(cur+1) == '/' )
+ {
+ STORE_RANGE;
+
+ char* eol = cur;
+ while ( eol < end && *eol != 10 )
+ ++eol;
+
+ cur_rank = RANK_GREEN;
+ cur_range_len = eol - cur;
+ cur = eol;
+ STORE_RANGE;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ( *(cur+1) == '*' )
+ {
+ STORE_RANGE;
+ cur_rank = RANK_GREEN;
+ cur_range_len = 2;
+ isComment = 1;
+ cur += 2;
+ isMultiline = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ NEXT_CHAR;
+ }
+
+ if ( ( is_alpha( *cur ) || *(cur) == '#' )
+ && has_next
+ )
+ {
+ if ( is_alpha( *(cur+1) ) )
+ {
+ char* start = cur;
+ cur += 2;
+
+ while ( cur != end && is_alpha(*cur) ) ++cur;
+
+ int wordRank;
+
+ if ( (wordRank = get_rank( start, cur )) > 0 )
+ {
+ STORE_RANGE;
+
+ store_range( results, wordRank, int(cur-start) );
+ cur_rank = cur_range_len = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ cur_range_len += ( cur-start );
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ NEXT_CHAR;
+ }
+
+ NEXT_CHAR;
+ }
+
+ if ( cur_range_len > 0 ) STORE_RANGE;
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class SourcePainter ******/
+
+SourcePainter::SourcePainter( bool assembleResultString )
+ : mCollectResultsOn( assembleResultString ),
+ mIsInComment( FALSE ),
+ mCommentIsMultiline( FALSE )
+{
+ check_keyword_map(0);
+}
+
+void SourcePainter::ProcessSource( char* src, int srcLen )
+{
+ // TBD:: multilne state...
+
+ heighlight_syntax( src, srcLen, mBlocks, mIsInComment );
+
+ if ( mCollectResultsOn )
+
+ mResultStr += string( src, srcLen );
+}
+
+void SourcePainter::SetState( bool isInComment,
+ bool commentIsMultiline )
+{
+ mIsInComment = isInComment;
+ mCommentIsMultiline = commentIsMultiline;
+}
+
+void SourcePainter::Init(bool assembleResultString)
+{
+ mIsInComment = 0;
+ mCommentIsMultiline = 0;
+ mCollectResultsOn = assembleResultString;
+
+ mResultStr = "";
+
+ mBlocks.erase( mBlocks.begin(), mBlocks.end() );
+}
+
+static int rank_tags_map[] =
+{
+ TAG_BLACK_FONT,
+ TAG_BLUE_FONT,
+ TAG_RED_FONT,
+ TAG_GREEN_FONT
+};
+
+void SourcePainter::GetResultString(string& result, MarkupTagsT tags)
+{
+ // this method works, only if results of processing
+ // are collected
+ ASSERT( mCollectResultsOn );
+ result = "";
+
+ int pos = 0;
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mBlocks.size(); ++i )
+ {
+ int desc = mBlocks[i];
+
+ int len = desc & 0xFFFF;
+ int rank = (desc >> 16) & 0xFFFF;
+
+ result += tags[ rank_tags_map[rank] ].start;
+
+ for( int n = 0; n != len; ++n )
+
+ result += mResultStr[pos+n];
+
+ pos += len;
+
+ result += tags[ rank_tags_map[rank] ].end;
+ }
+}
+
+IntListT& SourcePainter::GetBlocks()
+{
+ return mBlocks;
+}
+
+bool SourcePainter::IsKeyword( char* word, int wordLen )
+{
+ check_keyword_map(0);
+
+ int rank = get_rank( word, word + wordLen );
+
+ return ( rank == RANK_BLUE || rank == RANK_RED );
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 22/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#ifndef __SOURCEPAINTER_G__
+#define __SOURCEPAINTER_G__
+
+#ifndef ASSERT
+#define ASSERT(x) if (!(x)) throw
+#endif
+
+#include "wxstldefs.h"
+
+#include "markup.h" // import MarkupTagsT definition
+
+// "colored" codes for highlighted blocks
+
+#define RANK_BLACK 0 // common source fragments
+#define RANK_BLUE 1 // basic types
+#define RANK_RED 2 // reserved words
+#define RANK_GREEN 3 // comments
+
+// colored block description format :
+// int( ( rank << 16 ) | ( source_range_len ) )
+
+inline int get_src_block_rank( int block )
+{
+ return (block >> 16) & 0xFFFF;
+}
+
+inline int get_src_block_len( int block )
+{
+ return block & 0xFFFF;
+}
+
+// FOR NOW:: no lagnguage-map selection
+
+// source code syntax heighlighter (CPP+JAVA+VB+PASCAL)
+
+class SourcePainter
+{
+protected:
+ string mResultStr;
+ IntListT mBlocks;
+ bool mCollectResultsOn;
+
+ // state variables
+ bool mIsInComment;
+ bool mCommentIsMultiline;
+public:
+
+ // assembleResultString == TRUE - instructs painter
+ // to collect each chunk of srouce passed to ProcessSource(),
+ // so that results cann be futher obtained in a single string
+ // instead of vector of block descriptions
+
+ SourcePainter( bool assembleResultString = TRUE );
+ virtual ~SourcePainter() {}
+
+ // can be called multiple times (e.g. on each source line)
+ virtual void ProcessSource( char* src, int srcLen );
+
+ // method, for manually adjusting state of source painter
+ virtual void SetState( bool isInComment,
+ bool commentIsMultiline );
+
+ // reinitializes object - clears results of previouse processing
+ virtual void Init( bool assembleResultString = TRUE );
+
+ // generates string of highlighted source for the scipting
+ // language given by "tags" argument
+
+ virtual void GetResultString(string& result, MarkupTagsT tags);
+
+ // returns vector of block descriptors, see IntListT definition
+ // (block descriptors can be used for fast custom hightlighted text generation)
+
+ virtual IntListT& GetBlocks();
+
+ // NOTE:: static method
+ // returns if the given word is a reserved word or basic type identifier
+ static bool IsKeyword( char* word, int wordLen );
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 03/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleksandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/file.h"
+#include "wx/textdlg.h"
+#include "wx/clipbrd.h"
+#include "wx/dataobj.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "tdefs.h"
+#include "finddlg.h"
+
+#include <memory.h>
+
+/***** Implementation for class TBlock *****/
+
+void TBlock::RecalcBlockProperties()
+{
+ char* cur = mBuf;
+ char* end = mBuf + mTextLen;
+ mRowCount = 0;
+
+ while( cur < end )
+ {
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++mRowCount;
+
+ ++cur;
+ }
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class TTextIterator *****/
+
+string TTextIterator::mSeparators = ",.()[]\t\\+-*/|=<>:;\t\n~?!%";
+
+bool TTextIterator::IsSeparator( char ch )
+{
+ size_t sz = mSeparators.size();
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != sz; ++i )
+
+ if ( mSeparators[i] == ch ) return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+char* TTextIterator::GetClosestPos()
+{
+ char* end = GetBlockEnd();
+ char* cur = mpCurRowStart;
+ size_t col = 0;
+
+ while( cur < end && col < mPos.mCol && !is_eol_char(*cur) )
+ {
+ if ( !is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++col;
+ ++cur;
+ }
+
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ return cur;
+}
+
+char* TTextIterator::GotoClosestPos()
+{
+ char* end = GetBlockEnd();
+ char* cur = mpCurRowStart;
+ size_t col = 0;
+
+ while( cur < end && col < mPos.mCol && !is_eol_char(*cur) )
+ {
+ if ( !is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++col;
+ ++cur;
+ }
+
+ mPos.mCol = col;
+
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ return cur;
+}
+
+TTextIterator::TTextIterator()
+
+ : mIsEof( FALSE )
+{}
+
+bool TTextIterator::IsLastLine()
+{
+ TBlockIteratorT nextBlk = mBlockIter;
+ ++nextBlk;
+
+ if ( nextBlk != mEndOfListIter ) return FALSE;
+
+ char* cur = mpCurRowStart;
+ char* end = GetBlockEnd();
+
+ while( cur < end && !is_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ if ( cur == end ) return TRUE;
+
+ ++cur;
+
+ return ( cur == end );
+}
+
+char TTextIterator::GetChar()
+{
+ char* cur = GetClosestPos();
+
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) )
+
+ return *(cur+1);
+ else
+ return *cur;
+}
+
+bool TTextIterator::IsEol()
+{
+ return is_eol_char( GetChar() ) || mIsEof;
+}
+
+bool TTextIterator::IsEof()
+{
+ return mIsEof;
+}
+
+int TTextIterator::GetDistFromEol()
+{
+ return 0; // TBD::
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::NextChar()
+{
+ char* cur = GotoClosestPos();
+
+ if ( cur + 1 >= GetBlockEnd() )
+ {
+ TBlockIteratorT nextBlk = mBlockIter;
+ ++nextBlk;
+
+ if ( nextBlk == mEndOfListIter )
+ {
+ if ( cur != GetBlockEnd() )
+ ++mPos.mCol;
+
+ mIsEof = TRUE;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ++mPos.mRow ;
+ mPos.mCol = 0;
+
+ mBlockIter = nextBlk;
+
+ mFirstRowInBlock = mPos.mRow;
+ mActualRow = mPos.mRow;
+ mpCurRowStart = (*mBlockIter).mBuf;
+
+ mIsEof = ( (*mBlockIter).mTextLen == 0 );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) )
+ {
+ ++mPos.mRow;
+ mPos.mCol = 0;
+
+ mActualRow = mPos.mRow;
+ mpCurRowStart = cur + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ ++mPos.mCol;
+ }
+
+ mIsEof = (mpCurRowStart + mPos.mCol) == GetBlockEnd();
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::PreviousChar()
+{
+ char* cur = GotoClosestPos();
+
+ if ( cur == (*mBlockIter).mBuf )
+ {
+ TBlockIteratorT prevBlk = mBlockIter;
+ --prevBlk;
+
+ if ( prevBlk == mEndOfListIter )
+ {
+ mIsEof = TRUE;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ --mPos.mRow;
+
+ mBlockIter = prevBlk;
+
+ cur = GetBlockEnd() - 1;
+
+ char* eolPos = cur;
+ --cur; // skip EOL
+ char* start = (*mBlockIter).mBuf;
+
+ while( cur != start && !is_eol_char( *cur ) ) --cur; // goto start of line
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ mPos.mCol = (size_t)(eolPos - cur);
+ mpCurRowStart = cur;
+
+ mFirstRowInBlock = mPos.mRow;
+ mActualRow = mPos.mRow;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ // FIXME FIXME:: this is more then messy .... !
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *(cur-1) ) )
+ {
+ --cur; // goto EOL
+
+ --mPos.mRow;
+
+ char* eolPos = cur;
+ --cur; // skip EOL
+ char* start = (*mBlockIter).mBuf;
+
+ while( cur != start && !is_eol_char( *cur ) ) --cur; // goto start of line
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ mPos.mCol = (size_t)(eolPos - cur);
+ mpCurRowStart = cur;
+
+ if ( eolPos != cur && is_DOS_eol_char( *(eolPos-1) ) ) --mPos.mCol;
+
+ mActualRow = mPos.mRow;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( *(cur-1) ) )
+ {
+ --cur;
+
+ if ( cur != (*mBlockIter).mBuf && is_eol_char( *(cur-1) ) )
+
+ continue;
+ else
+ {
+ --mPos.mCol;
+ --cur;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ --mPos.mCol;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ } while( 1 );
+ }
+
+ mIsEof = (mpCurRowStart + mPos.mCol) == GetBlockEnd();
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::NextWord()
+{
+ GotoClosestPos();
+
+ // skip non-white space ahead
+
+ bool wasSeparator = IsSeparator( GetChar() );
+
+ while( !IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == ' ' ||
+ ch == '\t' ||
+ is_eol_char(ch) ||
+ wasSeparator != IsSeparator(ch) )
+
+ break;
+
+ NextChar();
+ }
+
+ // skip all white stpace if any
+ while( !IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch != ' ' && ch != '\t' && !is_eol_char(ch) )
+
+ break;
+
+ NextChar();
+ }
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::PreviousWord()
+{
+ GotoClosestPos();
+
+ PreviousChar();
+
+ // skip all white stpace if any
+ while( !IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch != ' ' && ch != '\t' && !is_eol_char(ch) )
+
+ break;
+
+ PreviousChar();
+ }
+
+ bool wasSeparator = IsSeparator( GetChar() );
+
+ // skip word;
+ while( !IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == ' ' ||
+ ch == '\t' ||
+ is_eol_char(ch) ||
+ wasSeparator != IsSeparator(ch)
+ )
+ {
+ NextChar();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ PreviousChar();
+ }
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::ToEndOfLine()
+{
+ GotoClosestPos();
+
+ while( !IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = GetChar();
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( ch ) ) break;
+
+ NextChar();
+ }
+}
+
+void TTextIterator::ToStartOfLine()
+{
+ GotoClosestPos();
+
+ mPos.mCol = 0;
+ mPos.mRow = mActualRow;
+}
+
+size_t TTextIterator::GetLineLen()
+{
+ char* cur = mpCurRowStart;
+ char* end = GetBlockEnd();
+
+ size_t len = 0;
+
+ while( cur < end && !is_eol_char( *cur ) )
+ {
+ if ( !is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++len;
+ ++cur;
+ }
+
+ return len;
+}
+
+TPosition TTextIterator::GetPosition()
+{
+ return mPos;
+}
+
+bool TTextIterator::IsInLastBlock()
+{
+ TBlockIteratorT next = mBlockIter;
+ ++next;
+
+ return next == mEndOfListIter;
+}
+
+bool TTextIterator::DetectUnixText()
+{
+ char* cur = GetBlockStart();
+ char* end = GetBlockEnd();
+
+ bool isUnixText = IS_UNIX_TEXT_BY_DEFAULT;
+
+ while( cur < end )
+ {
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( *cur ) ) return FALSE;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) ) return TRUE;
+
+ ++cur;
+ }
+
+ return isUnixText;
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class TCppJavaHighlightListener *****/
+
+void TCppJavaHighlightListener::OnTextChanged( wxTextEditorModel* pModel,
+ size_t atRow, size_t nRows,
+ TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct )
+{
+ mpModel = pModel;
+
+ /*
+
+ int state = GetStateAtRow( atRow );
+
+ if ( ct == CT_INSERTED )
+ {
+ RemoveCommentTags( atRow, atRow + nRows + 1 );
+ GenerateTagsForRange( atRows, atRows + nRows + 1 );
+ }
+ else
+ if ( ct == CT_DELETED )
+ {
+ RemoveCommentTags( atRow, atRow + 1 );
+ GenerateTagsForRange( atRows, atRows + 1 );
+ }
+ */
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class wxTextEditorModel *****/
+
+/*** protected methods ***/
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::GetLineCountInRange( char* from, char* till )
+{
+ size_t nLines = 0;
+
+ while( from != till )
+ {
+ if ( is_eol_char( *from ) ) ++nLines;
+
+ ++from;
+ }
+
+ return nLines;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoInsertText( const TPosition& pos,
+ char* text, size_t len,
+ TRange& actualRange )
+{
+ // FOR NOW:: very dummy imp.
+
+ char* end = text + len;
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( pos );
+
+ TBlock& blk = (*iter.mBlockIter);
+
+ char* cur = text;
+
+ char* insertPos = iter.GotoClosestPos();
+ actualRange.mFrom = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *insertPos ) &&
+ insertPos != iter.GetBlockStart() &&
+ is_DOS_eol_char( *(insertPos-1) )
+ )
+ --insertPos;
+
+ size_t sizeAfter = (size_t)(iter.GetBlockEnd() - insertPos);
+
+ size_t nLines = GetLineCountInRange( text, text + len );
+
+ if ( blk.mTextLen + len < FILLED_BLOCK_LEN )
+ {
+ memmove( insertPos + len, insertPos, sizeAfter );
+
+ memcpy( insertPos, text, len );
+
+ blk.mTextLen += len;
+
+
+ blk.RecalcBlockProperties();
+
+ if ( iter.IsInLastBlock() )
+
+ ++blk.mRowCount; // last block have always the-last-row-to-spare -
+ // the "nature" of most text editors
+
+ char* endPos = insertPos + len;
+
+ bool found = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ // OLD STUFF:: slow & buggy
+
+ while( !iter.IsEof() )
+ {
+ if ( iter.GetClosestPos() == endPos )
+ {
+ actualRange.mTill = iter.GetPosition();
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ if ( !found )
+ {
+ actualRange.mTill = iter.GetPosition();
+ ++actualRange.mTill.mCol;
+
+ //T_ASSERT( found ); // DBG::
+ }
+ */
+
+ actualRange.mTill = actualRange.mFrom;
+ actualRange.mTill.mRow += nLines;
+
+ if ( nLines == 0 )
+
+ actualRange.mTill.mCol = actualRange.mFrom.mCol + (len);
+ else
+ {
+ cur = end;
+
+ while( cur != insertPos && !is_eol_char( *cur ) )
+
+ --cur;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) ) ++cur;
+
+ actualRange.mTill.mCol = (int)(end - cur);
+ }
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( pos.mRow, nLines, CT_INSERTED );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // TBD:::
+
+ char buf[16];
+ sprintf( buf, "%d", FILLED_BLOCK_LEN );
+ string msg = "Sorry!!! Currently editor is limited to files less then ";
+ msg += buf;
+ msg += " bytes\n(the requested text length is " +
+ sprintf( buf, "%d", blk.mTextLen + len );
+ msg += buf;
+ msg += " bytes)\n Please, close this file without making any changes.";
+
+ wxMessageBox( msg );
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+
+ //T_ASSERT(0); // DBG:: for now
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoDeleteRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till,
+ TRange& actualRange
+ )
+{
+ // FOR NOW:: very dummy imp.
+
+ TTextIterator iterFrom = CreateIterator( from );
+ TTextIterator iterTill = CreateIterator( till );
+
+ if ( iterFrom.mBlockIter == iterTill.mBlockIter )
+ {
+ char* fromPos = iterFrom.GotoClosestPos();
+ char* tillPos = iterTill.GotoClosestPos();
+ char* blockStart = (*iterFrom.mBlockIter).mBuf;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *fromPos ) &&
+ fromPos != blockStart &&
+ is_DOS_eol_char( *(fromPos-1) )
+ )
+ --fromPos;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *tillPos ) &&
+ tillPos != blockStart &&
+ is_DOS_eol_char( *(tillPos-1) )
+ )
+ --tillPos;
+
+ size_t len = (size_t)( tillPos -fromPos );
+
+ size_t nLines = GetLineCountInRange( fromPos, fromPos + len );
+
+ size_t sizeAfter = (size_t)(iterFrom.GetBlockEnd() - tillPos);
+
+ memmove( fromPos, tillPos, sizeAfter );
+
+ (*iterFrom.mBlockIter).mTextLen -= len;
+
+ (*iterFrom.mBlockIter).RecalcBlockProperties();
+
+ if ( iterFrom.IsInLastBlock() )
+
+ ++(*iterFrom.mBlockIter).mRowCount; // last block have always the-last-row-to-spare -
+ // the "nature" of most text editors
+
+ actualRange.mFrom = iterFrom.GetPosition();
+ actualRange.mTill = iterTill.GetPosition();
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( from.mRow, nLines, CT_DELETED );
+ }
+ else
+ T_ASSERT(0); // DBG:: for now
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::GetTextFromRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till,
+ char** text, size_t& textLen
+ )
+{
+ TTextIterator iterFrom = CreateIterator( from );
+ TTextIterator iterTill = CreateIterator( till );
+
+ if ( iterFrom.mBlockIter == iterTill.mBlockIter )
+ {
+ char* blockStart = (*iterFrom.mBlockIter).mBuf;
+
+ char* fromPos = iterFrom.GetClosestPos();
+ char* tillPos = iterTill.GetClosestPos();
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *fromPos ) &&
+ fromPos != blockStart &&
+ is_DOS_eol_char( *(fromPos-1) )
+ )
+ --fromPos;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( *tillPos ) &&
+ tillPos != blockStart &&
+ is_DOS_eol_char( *(tillPos-1) )
+ )
+ --tillPos;
+
+ textLen = (size_t)( tillPos -fromPos );
+
+ *text = AllocCharacters( textLen );
+
+ memcpy( *text, fromPos, textLen );
+ }
+ else
+ T_ASSERT(0); // DBG:: for now
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::LoadTextFromFile( const wxString& fname )
+{
+ T_ASSERT( wxFile::Exists( fname ) );
+
+ DeleteAllText();
+
+ wxFile fl( fname );
+
+ char* buf = AllocCharacters( fl.Length() );
+
+ fl.Read( buf, fl.Length() );
+
+ TRange result;
+ DoInsertText( TPosition( 0,0 ), buf, fl.Length(), result );
+
+ FreeCharacters( buf );
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( TPosition( 0,0 ) );
+
+ mIsUnixText = iter.DetectUnixText();
+
+ ClearUndoBuffer();
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SaveTextToFile( const wxString& fname )
+{
+ wxFile fl( fname, wxFile::write );
+
+ char* text = 0;
+ size_t len = 0;
+
+ GetTextFromRange( TPosition(0,0), TPosition( GetTotalRowCount()+1,0 ), &text, len );
+
+ fl.Write( text, len );
+ fl.Close();
+
+ FreeCharacters( text );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::NotifyTextChanged( size_t atRow, size_t nRows, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct )
+{
+ if ( nRows > 0 )
+
+ MergeChange( atRow, mRowsPerPage );
+ else
+ MergeChange( atRow, 1 );
+
+ // reposition bookmarsk
+
+ if ( nRows > 0 )
+ {
+ if ( ct == CT_INSERTED )
+ {
+ size_t curPin = FindNextPinFrom( atRow + 1 );
+
+ while( curPin != NPOS )
+ {
+ mPins[curPin]->mRow += nRows;
+
+ ++curPin;
+
+ if ( curPin == mPins.size() ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ if ( ct == CT_DELETED )
+ {
+ size_t curPin = FindNextPinFrom( atRow + 1 );
+ size_t fromPin = curPin;
+ size_t tillRow = atRow + nRows;
+
+ while( curPin != NPOS && mPins[curPin]->mRow < tillRow )
+ {
+ ++curPin;
+
+ if ( curPin == mPins.size() ) break;
+ }
+
+ if ( fromPin != NPOS && nRows != 0 )
+ {
+ mPins.erase( &mPins[fromPin], &mPins[curPin] );
+
+ while( curPin < mPins.size() )
+ {
+ mPins[curPin]->mRow -= nRows;
+ ++curPin;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // send notificaitons
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mChangeListeners.size(); ++i )
+
+ mChangeListeners[i]->OnTextChanged( this, atRow, nRows, ct );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::NotifyTextChanged( TPosition from, TPosition till, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct )
+{
+ ArrangePositions( from, till );
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( from.mRow, till.mRow - from.mRow + 1, ct );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoExecuteNewCommand( TCommand& cmd )
+{
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_INSERT )
+ {
+ cmd.mPrePos = mCursorPos;
+ DoInsertText( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mData, cmd.mDataLen, cmd.mRange );
+ }
+ else
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_DELETE )
+ {
+ cmd.mPrePos = mCursorPos;
+ DoDeleteRange( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mRange.mTill, cmd.mRange );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoReexecuteCommand( TCommand& cmd )
+{
+ NotifyTextChanged( mCursorPos.mRow, 1, CT_MODIFIED ); // indicate update of current cursor position
+
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_INSERT )
+ {
+ DoInsertText( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mData, cmd.mDataLen, cmd.mRange );
+ mCursorPos = cmd.mPostPos;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_DELETE )
+ {
+ DoDeleteRange( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mRange.mTill, cmd.mRange );
+ mCursorPos = cmd.mPostPos;
+ }
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mCursorPos.mRow, 1, CT_MODIFIED ); // indicate update of current cursor position
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoUnexecuteCommand( TCommand& cmd )
+{
+ NotifyTextChanged( mCursorPos.mRow, 1, CT_MODIFIED ); // indicate update of current cursor position
+
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_INSERT )
+ {
+ DoDeleteRange( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mRange.mTill, cmd.mRange );
+ mCursorPos = cmd.mPrePos;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( cmd.mType == TCMD_DELETE )
+ {
+ DoInsertText( cmd.mRange.mFrom, cmd.mData, cmd.mDataLen, cmd.mRange );
+ mCursorPos = cmd.mPrePos;
+ }
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mCursorPos.mRow, 1, CT_MODIFIED ); // indicate update of current cursor position
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::UndoImpl()
+{
+ --mCurCommand;
+
+ DoUnexecuteCommand( *mCommands[mCurCommand] );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::RedoImpl()
+{
+ DoReexecuteCommand( *mCommands[mCurCommand] );
+
+ ++mCurCommand;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::ExecuteCommand( TCommand* pCmd )
+{
+ if ( mCurCommand < mCheckPointCmdNo )
+
+ // new command is executed before the checkpoint,
+ // and every thing is sliced - invalidate it
+
+ mCheckPointDestroyed = TRUE;
+
+ // slice undo-able commands ahead in the queue,
+ // they wont ever be reexecuted
+
+ while( mCommands.size() > mCurCommand )
+ {
+ delete mCommands.back();
+
+ mCommands.pop_back();
+ }
+
+ mCommands.push_back( pCmd );
+
+ DoExecuteNewCommand( *pCmd );
+ ++mCurCommand;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CanPrependCommand( TCommand* pCmd )
+{
+ if ( mCommands.size() != mCurCommand ||
+ mCommands.size() == 0 )
+
+ return FALSE;
+
+ TCommand& prevCmd = *mCommands.back();
+
+ if ( !(prevCmd.mRange.mTill == pCmd->mRange.mFrom) )
+
+ return FALSE;
+
+ char prevCh = prevCmd.mData[ prevCmd.mDataLen - 1];
+ char curCh = pCmd->mData[0];
+
+ if ( prevCh == curCh ) return TRUE;
+
+ if ( prevCh == ' ' || curCh == ' ') return FALSE;
+
+ if ( TTextIterator::IsSeparator(prevCh) !=
+ TTextIterator::IsSeparator(curCh) )
+
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::PrependCommand( TCommand* pCmd )
+{
+ if ( mCheckPointCmdNo == mCurCommand )
+
+ mCheckPointDestroyed = TRUE;
+
+ TCommand& prevCmd = *mCommands.back();
+
+ DoExecuteNewCommand( *pCmd );
+
+ TCommand* pComb = new TCommand();
+
+ pComb->mType = TCMD_INSERT;
+ pComb->mDataLen = prevCmd.mDataLen + pCmd->mDataLen;
+
+ pComb->mData = AllocCharacters( pComb->mDataLen );
+ pComb->mRange.mFrom = prevCmd.mRange.mFrom;
+ pComb->mRange.mTill = pCmd->mRange.mTill;
+ pComb->mPrePos = prevCmd.mPrePos;
+ pComb->mPostPos = pCmd->mPostPos;
+
+ memcpy( pComb->mData, prevCmd.mData, prevCmd.mDataLen );
+ memcpy( pComb->mData + prevCmd.mDataLen, pCmd->mData, pCmd->mDataLen );
+
+ FreeCharacters( prevCmd.mData );
+ FreeCharacters( pCmd->mData );
+
+ delete &prevCmd;
+ delete pCmd;
+
+ mCommands[ mCommands.size() - 1 ] = pComb;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetPostPos( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ mCommands[mCurCommand-1]->mPostPos = pos;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::SelectionIsEmpty()
+{
+ return mSelectionStart == mSelectionEnd;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::StartBatch()
+{
+ // TBD::
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::FinishBatch()
+{
+ // TBD::
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DeleteRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till )
+{
+ TCommand* pCmd = new TCommand();
+
+ pCmd->mType = TCMD_DELETE;
+
+ pCmd->mRange.mFrom = from;
+ pCmd->mRange.mTill = till;
+ pCmd->mPrePos = mCursorPos;
+
+ GetTextFromRange( from, till, &pCmd->mData, pCmd->mDataLen );
+
+ ExecuteCommand( pCmd );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::InsertText( const TPosition& pos, const char* text, size_t len )
+{
+ TCommand* pCmd = new TCommand();
+
+ pCmd->mType = TCMD_INSERT;
+
+ pCmd->mRange.mFrom = pos;
+
+ pCmd->mData = AllocCharacters( len, text ),
+ pCmd->mDataLen = len;
+ pCmd->mPrePos = mCursorPos;
+
+ ExecuteCommand( pCmd );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DeleteSelection()
+{
+ DeleteRange( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd );
+
+ ResetSelection();
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::IsLastLine( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+TTextIterator wxTextEditorModel::CreateIterator( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ size_t curRow = 0;
+
+ TBlockIteratorT bIter = mBlocks.begin();
+
+ TTextIterator tIter;
+
+ while( bIter != mBlocks.end() )
+ {
+ TBlockIteratorT nextBlk = bIter;
+ ++nextBlk;
+
+ if ( nextBlk == mBlocks.end() ||
+ ( pos.mRow >= curRow &&
+ pos.mRow <= curRow + (*bIter).mRowCount )
+ )
+ {
+ tIter.mFirstRowInBlock = curRow;
+
+ char* cur = (*bIter).mBuf;
+ char* end = cur + (*bIter).mTextLen;
+
+ // slightly optimized
+
+ if ( curRow < pos.mRow )
+ {
+ while( cur < end )
+ {
+ if ( is_eol_char( *cur ) )
+ {
+ ++curRow;
+
+ if ( !(curRow < pos.mRow) )
+ {
+ ++cur;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ++cur;
+ }
+ }
+
+ tIter.mActualRow = curRow;
+ tIter.mpCurRowStart = cur;
+ tIter.mPos = pos;
+
+ // FOR NOW:: positioning past the end of file is not supported
+ tIter.mPos.mRow = curRow;
+
+ tIter.mBlockIter = bIter;
+ tIter.mEndOfListIter = mBlocks.end();
+
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ curRow += (*bIter).mRowCount;
+ ++bIter;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return tIter;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::ArrangePositions( TPosition& upper, TPosition& lower )
+{
+ if ( upper > lower )
+ {
+ TPosition tmp( lower );
+ lower = upper;
+ upper = tmp;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::ArrangePositions( size_t& upper, size_t& lower )
+{
+ if ( upper > lower )
+ {
+ size_t tmp = lower;
+ lower = upper;
+ upper = tmp;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::MergeChange( size_t fromRow, size_t nRows )
+{
+ if ( mTextChanged == FALSE )
+ {
+ mChangedFromRow = fromRow;
+ mChangedTillRow = fromRow + nRows;
+ mTextChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( mChangedFromRow > fromRow )
+
+ mChangedFromRow = fromRow;
+
+ if ( mChangedTillRow < fromRow + nRows )
+
+ mChangedTillRow = fromRow + nRows;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::TrackSelection()
+{
+ if ( !mIsSelectionEditMode ) return;
+
+ if ( mPrevCursorPos == mSelectionStart )
+
+ mSelectionStart = mCursorPos;
+ else
+ mSelectionEnd = mCursorPos;
+
+ ArrangePositions( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd );
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mSelectionStart, mPrevSelectionStart, CT_MODIFIED );
+ NotifyTextChanged( mSelectionEnd, mPrevSelectionEnd, CT_MODIFIED );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::CheckSelection()
+{
+ ArrangePositions( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd );
+
+ if ( mIsSelectionEditMode && SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ mSelectionStart = mCursorPos;
+ mSelectionEnd = mCursorPos;
+ }
+
+ if ( !mIsSelectionEditMode && !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ ResetSelection();
+ }
+
+ mPrevSelectionStart = mSelectionStart;
+ mPrevSelectionEnd = mSelectionEnd;
+ mPrevCursorPos = mCursorPos;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::ResetSelection()
+{
+ if ( SelectionIsEmpty() ) return;
+
+ MergeChange( mSelectionStart.mRow,
+ mSelectionEnd.mRow - mSelectionStart.mRow + 1 );
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd, CT_MODIFIED );
+
+ mSelectionStart = TPosition(0,0);
+ mSelectionEnd = TPosition(0,0);
+
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::ClearUndoBuffer()
+{
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mCommands.size(); ++i )
+ {
+ TCommand& cmd = *mCommands[i];
+
+ if ( cmd.mData ) delete [] cmd.mData;
+
+ delete &cmd;
+ }
+
+ mCommands.erase( mCommands.begin(), mCommands.end() );
+
+ mCurCommand = 0;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::GetAllText( char** text, size_t& textLen )
+{
+ GetTextFromRange( TPosition(0,0), TPosition( GetTotalRowCount()+1, 0 ),
+ text, textLen
+ );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DeleteAllText()
+{
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ DeleteRange( TPosition(0,0), TPosition( GetTotalRowCount()+1, 0 ) );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetSelectionEditMode( bool editIsOn )
+{
+ mIsSelectionEditMode = editIsOn;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::GetTotalRowCount()
+{
+ size_t nRows = 0;
+
+ for( TBlockIteratorT i = mBlocks.begin(); i != mBlocks.end(); ++i )
+
+ nRows += (*i).mRowCount;
+
+ return nRows;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::GetSelection( char** text, size_t& textLen )
+{
+ GetTextFromRange( GetStartOfSelection(), GetEndOfSelection(), text, textLen );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::NotifyView()
+{
+ mpActiveView->OnModelChanged();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::NotifyAllViews()
+{
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mViews.size(); ++i )
+
+ mViews[i]->OnModelChanged();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::PrepreForCommand()
+{
+ mTextChanged = 0;
+ mChangedFromRow = 0;
+ mChangedTillRow = 0;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::TextToScrColumn( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ TPosition spos;
+
+ mpActiveView->TextPosToScreenPos( pos, spos );
+
+ return spos.mCol + mpActiveView->GetPagePos().mCol;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::ScrToTextColumn( TPosition pos )
+{
+ TPosition tpos;
+
+ pos.mCol -= mpActiveView->GetPagePos().mCol;
+ pos.mRow -= mpActiveView->GetPagePos().mRow;
+
+ mpActiveView->ScreenPosToTextPos( pos, tpos );
+
+ return tpos.mCol;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::DoMoveCursor( int rows, int cols )
+{
+ mCursorPos.mCol = TextToScrColumn( mCursorPos );
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow += rows;
+ mCursorPos.mCol += cols;
+
+ mCursorPos.mCol = ScrToTextColumn( mCursorPos );
+}
+
+/*** public interface ***/
+
+wxTextEditorModel::wxTextEditorModel()
+
+ :
+ mpActiveView( NULL ),
+ mTabSize( 4 ),
+ mIsSelectionEditMode( FALSE ),
+ mRowsPerPage( 0 ),
+ mTextChanged( FALSE ),
+ mCurCommand( 0 ),
+
+ mInsertMode ( TRUE ),
+ mAutoIndentMode ( TRUE ),
+ mSmartIndentMode( TRUE ),
+ mWasChanged ( FALSE ),
+ mIsReadOnly ( FALSE ),
+ mIsUnixText ( IS_UNIX_TEXT_BY_DEFAULT )
+{
+ // at least one block should be present
+ // (otherwise text-iterators wont work)
+
+ mBlocks.push_back( TBlock() );
+}
+
+wxTextEditorModel::~wxTextEditorModel()
+{
+ ClearUndoBuffer();
+}
+
+char* wxTextEditorModel::AllocCharacters( size_t n )
+{
+ return new char[n];
+}
+
+char* wxTextEditorModel::AllocCharacters( size_t n, const char* srcBuf )
+{
+ char* destBuf = AllocCharacters( n );
+
+ memcpy( destBuf, srcBuf, n );
+
+ return destBuf;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::FreeCharacters( char* buf )
+{
+ delete [] buf;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnInsertChar( char ch )
+{
+ if ( ch == 27 ) return; // hack
+
+ if ( is_DOS_eol_char( ch ) ) ch = '\n';
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ TCommand* pCmd = new TCommand();
+
+ pCmd->mType = TCMD_INSERT;
+
+ if ( ch == '\n' && !mIsUnixText )
+ {
+ // DOS text with CR-LF pair
+ pCmd->mData = AllocCharacters( 2 );
+ pCmd->mDataLen = 2;
+ pCmd->mData[0] = (char)13;
+ pCmd->mData[1] = (char)10;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pCmd->mData = AllocCharacters( 1 );
+ pCmd->mDataLen = 1;
+ pCmd->mData[0] = ch;
+ }
+
+
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ mCursorPos = mSelectionStart;
+ DeleteSelection();
+ }
+
+ pCmd->mRange.mFrom = mCursorPos;
+
+ if ( mInsertMode == FALSE )
+ {
+ TPosition nextPos( mCursorPos.mRow, mCursorPos.mCol + 1 );
+ DeleteRange( mCursorPos, nextPos );
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+ }
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ size_t lineLen = iter.GetLineLen();
+
+ bool indentAdded = FALSE;
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mCol > lineLen )
+ {
+
+ wxString s( ' ', mCursorPos.mCol - lineLen );
+ InsertText( TPosition( mCursorPos.mRow, lineLen ), s.c_str(), s.length() );
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ indentAdded = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ( CanPrependCommand( pCmd ) || indentAdded )
+
+ PrependCommand( pCmd );
+ else
+ ExecuteCommand( pCmd );
+
+ ++mCursorPos.mCol;
+
+ if ( is_eol_char( ch ) )
+ {
+ mCursorPos.mCol = 0;
+ ++mCursorPos.mRow;
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ if ( mAutoIndentMode )
+ {
+ iter.ToStartOfLine();
+ wxString indent;
+
+ while( !iter.IsEol() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter.GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == '\t' || ch == ' ' )
+
+ indent += ch;
+ else
+ break;
+
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ if ( indent.length() )
+ {
+ // auto-indent is always prepended to the command which
+ // caused it
+
+ mCursorPos = TPosition( mCursorPos.mRow, 0 );
+
+
+ TCommand* pICmd = new TCommand();
+ pICmd->mType = TCMD_INSERT;
+ pICmd->mData = AllocCharacters( indent.length() );
+ pICmd->mDataLen = indent.length();
+ memcpy( pICmd->mData, indent, indent.length() );
+
+ pICmd->mRange.mFrom = TPosition( mCursorPos.mRow, 0 );
+
+ PrependCommand( pICmd );
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ mCursorPos.mCol = indent.length();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ FinishBatch();
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnDelete()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ TPosition startPos = mSelectionStart;
+ DeleteSelection();
+ mCursorPos = startPos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ if ( iter.GetLineLen() == mCursorPos.mCol && !iter.IsLastLine() )
+ {
+ TPosition nextPos( mCursorPos.mRow+1, 0 );
+ DeleteRange( mCursorPos, nextPos );
+ NotifyTextChanged( mCursorPos.mRow, 2, CT_DELETED );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TPosition nextPos( mCursorPos.mRow, mCursorPos.mCol + 1 );
+ DeleteRange( mCursorPos, nextPos );
+ }
+ }
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ FinishBatch();
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnDeleteBack()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ mCursorPos = mSelectionStart;
+ DeleteSelection();
+ }
+ else
+ if ( !(mCursorPos == TPosition(0,0)) )
+ {
+ TPosition prevPos;
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mCol == 0 )
+ {
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+ iter.PreviousChar();
+
+ prevPos = iter.GetPosition();
+ }
+ else
+ prevPos = TPosition( mCursorPos.mRow, mCursorPos.mCol - 1 );
+
+ DeleteRange( prevPos, mCursorPos );
+
+ mCursorPos = prevPos;
+ }
+
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ FinishBatch();
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnDeleteLine()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ DeleteSelection();
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ iter.ToStartOfLine();
+
+ TPosition from = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ iter.ToEndOfLine();
+
+ if ( iter.IsLastLine() == FALSE )
+
+ iter.NextChar(); // delete eol-char also, if it's not the last line
+
+ TPosition till = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ DeleteRange( from, till );
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ FinishBatch();
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnShiftSelectionIndent( bool left )
+{
+ if ( SelectionIsEmpty() ) return;
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ for( size_t row = mSelectionStart.mRow; row != mSelectionEnd.mRow; ++row )
+ {
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( TPosition( row, 0 ) );
+
+ if ( left )
+ {
+ int n = 0, pos = 0;
+
+ while( !iter.IsEol() && !iter.IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter.GetChar();
+
+ if ( pos == mTabSize ) break;
+
+ if ( ch != ' ' && ch != '\t' ) break;
+
+ ++n;
+
+ if ( ch == '\t' ) break;
+
+ ++pos;
+
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ if ( n ) DeleteRange( TPosition( row,0 ), TPosition( row, n ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char txt = '\t';
+
+ InsertText( TPosition( row, 0 ), &txt, sizeof(char) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ FinishBatch();
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnPaste()
+{
+ // FIXME:: "wxLogQueryInterface(..)" linking problems with MSDev4.0
+
+#ifdef __HACK_MY_MSDEV40__
+
+ bool alreadyOpen=wxClipboardOpen();
+ if (!alreadyOpen)
+ {
+ wxOpenClipboard();
+ }
+
+ char* data = (char*)::wxGetClipboardData( wxDF_TEXT );
+
+ wxCloseClipboard();
+
+ if ( data == NULL ) return;
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ mCursorPos = GetStartOfSelection();
+ DeleteSelection();
+ }
+
+ InsertText( mCursorPos, data, strlen( data ) );
+
+ delete [] data;
+#else
+
+ if ( !wxTheClipboard->Open() ) return;
+
+ wxTextDataObject data;
+ if ( !wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT) )
+ {
+ wxTheClipboard->Close();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ wxTheClipboard->GetData(&data);
+
+ string txt = data.GetText();
+
+ wxTheClipboard->Close();
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ DeleteSelection();
+
+ InsertText( mCursorPos, txt.c_str(), txt.length() );
+#endif
+
+
+ mCursorPos = mCommands.back()->mRange.mTill;
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+ FinishBatch();
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnCut()
+{
+ OnCopy();
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ DeleteSelection();
+ SetPostPos( mCursorPos );
+
+
+ FinishBatch();
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnCopy()
+{
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ size_t len = 0;
+ char* text = NULL;
+
+#ifndef __HACK_MY_MSDEV40__
+
+ if ( !wxTheClipboard->Open() ) return;
+
+ GetTextFromRange( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd, &text, len );
+
+ wxString s( text, len );
+
+ wxTheClipboard->AddData( new wxTextDataObject(s) );
+ wxTheClipboard->Close();
+
+ FreeCharacters( text );
+#else
+ bool alreadyOpen=wxClipboardOpen();
+ if (!alreadyOpen)
+ {
+ wxOpenClipboard();
+ if (!wxEmptyClipboard())
+ {
+ wxCloseClipboard();
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ GetTextFromRange( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd, &text, len );
+
+ wxString s( text, len );
+
+ bool success = ::wxEmptyClipboard();
+
+ success = wxSetClipboardData( wxDF_TEXT, (wxObject*)s.c_str(), 0,0 );
+
+ FreeCharacters( text );
+
+ wxCloseClipboard();
+
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CanCopy()
+{
+ return !SelectionIsEmpty();
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CanPaste()
+{
+ if ( mIsReadOnly ) return FALSE;
+
+#ifndef __HACK_MY_MSDEV40__
+
+ if ( !wxTheClipboard->Open() ) return FALSE;
+
+ if ( !wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT) )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ wxTheClipboard->Close();
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+#else
+
+ bool success = ::wxClipboardOpen();
+
+ bool alreadyOpen=wxClipboardOpen();
+ if (!alreadyOpen)
+ {
+ wxOpenClipboard();
+ }
+
+ char* data = (char*)::wxGetClipboardData( wxDF_TEXT );
+
+ wxCloseClipboard();
+
+ if ( data != NULL && strlen(data) != 0 )
+ {
+ delete [] data;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ delete [] data;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CanUndo()
+{
+ return !( mCommands.size() == 0 ||
+ mCurCommand == 0 );
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CanRedo()
+{
+ return mCurCommand != mCommands.size();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnUndo()
+{
+ if ( !CanUndo() ) return;
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ UndoImpl();
+
+ FinishBatch();
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnRedo()
+{
+ if ( !CanRedo() ) return;
+
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ StartBatch();
+
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ RedoImpl();
+
+ FinishBatch();
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnMoveLeft()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mCol == 0 )
+ {
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow != 0 )
+ {
+ --mCursorPos.mRow;
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ iter.ToEndOfLine();
+
+ mCursorPos.mCol = iter.GetPosition().mCol;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ --mCursorPos.mCol;
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnMoveRight()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ ++mCursorPos.mCol;
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnMoveUp()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow != 0 )
+
+ DoMoveCursor( -1,0 );
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnMoveDown()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow + 1 < GetTotalRowCount() )
+
+ DoMoveCursor( 1,0 );
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnWordRight()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ iter.NextWord();
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnWordLeft()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ iter.PreviousWord();
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnMoveToPosition( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ mCursorPos = pos;
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnEndOfLine()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+ iter.ToEndOfLine();
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnStartOfLine()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ int prevCol = mCursorPos.mCol;
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+ iter.ToStartOfLine();
+
+ // bypass leading white-space at the begining of the line
+
+ while( !iter.IsEol() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter.GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch != ' ' && ch != '\t' ) break;
+
+ ++mCursorPos.mCol;
+
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mCol == prevCol )
+
+ mCursorPos.mCol = 0;
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnPageUp()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow < mRowsPerPage )
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow = 0;
+ else
+ DoMoveCursor( -mRowsPerPage,0 );
+
+ mpActiveView->ScrollView( -(int)mRowsPerPage, 0 );
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnPageDown()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow + mRowsPerPage >= GetTotalRowCount() )
+ {
+ if ( GetTotalRowCount() != 0 )
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow = GetTotalRowCount() - 1;
+ else
+ mCursorPos.mRow = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ DoMoveCursor( mRowsPerPage,0 );
+
+ mpActiveView->ScrollView( mRowsPerPage, 0 );
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnSlideUp()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+
+ if ( mpActiveView->GetPagePos().mRow + mRowsPerPage - 1 == mCursorPos.mRow )
+ {
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow == 0 )
+
+ return;
+
+ DoMoveCursor( -1,0 );
+ }
+
+ mpActiveView->ScrollView( -1, 0 );
+
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnSlideDown()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow == mpActiveView->GetPagePos().mRow )
+ {
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow + 1 >= GetTotalRowCount() )
+
+ return;
+
+ DoMoveCursor( 1,0 );
+ }
+
+ mpActiveView->ScrollView( 1, 0 );
+
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnStartOfText()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow = mCursorPos.mCol = 0;
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnEndOfText()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+ CheckSelection();
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow = GetTotalRowCount() - 1;
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ iter.ToEndOfLine();
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ TrackSelection();
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnSelectWord()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+
+ TTextIterator iter1 = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+ iter1.GotoClosestPos();
+
+ if ( mCursorPos == iter1.GetPosition() )
+ {
+ TTextIterator iter2 = iter1;
+
+ // find the left-edge of the word
+
+ bool wasSeparator = TTextIterator::IsSeparator( iter1.GetChar() );
+
+ while( !iter1.IsEol() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter1.GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == '\t' ||
+ ch == ' ' ||
+ wasSeparator != TTextIterator::IsSeparator( iter1.GetChar() )
+ )
+ {
+ iter1.NextChar();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ iter1.PreviousChar();
+ }
+
+ // find the left-edge of the word
+
+ while( !iter2.IsEol() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter2.GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == '\t' ||
+ ch == ' ' ||
+ wasSeparator != TTextIterator::IsSeparator( iter2.GetChar() )
+ )
+ break;
+
+ iter2.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ if ( !(iter1.GetPosition() == iter2.GetPosition()) )
+ {
+ mSelectionStart = iter1.GetPosition();
+ mSelectionEnd = iter2.GetPosition();
+ mCursorPos = iter2.GetPosition();
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mSelectionStart.mRow, 1, CT_MODIFIED );
+ }
+ }
+
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnSelectAll()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ mSelectionStart = TPosition(0,0);
+ mSelectionEnd = TPosition( GetTotalRowCount(), 1024 ); // FOR NOW:: hack
+
+ mCursorPos = mSelectionStart;
+
+ NotifyTextChanged( mSelectionStart.mRow, mSelectionEnd.mRow, CT_MODIFIED );
+
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnToggleBookmark()
+{
+ size_t curRow = GetCursor().mRow;
+
+ if ( GetPinAt( curRow, TBookmarkPin::GetPinTypeCode() ) != NULL )
+
+ RemovePinAt( curRow, TBookmarkPin::GetPinTypeCode() );
+ else
+ AddPin( new TBookmarkPin( curRow ) );
+
+ MergeChange( curRow, 1 );
+
+ NotifyAllViews();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnNextBookmark()
+{
+ size_t pinNo = FindNextPinFrom( mCursorPos.mRow + 1 );
+
+ while( pinNo != NPOS )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[pinNo];
+
+ if ( pin.mTypeCode == BOOKMARK_PIN_TC )
+ {
+ OnGotoLine( pin.mRow, 0 );
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ( pinNo == mPins.size() ) break;
+
+ ++pinNo;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnPreviousBookmark()
+{
+ if ( mCursorPos.mRow == 0 ) return;
+
+ size_t pinNo = FindPreviousPinFrom( mCursorPos.mRow - 1 );
+
+ while( pinNo != NPOS )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[pinNo];
+
+ if ( pin.mTypeCode == BOOKMARK_PIN_TC )
+ {
+ OnGotoLine( pin.mRow, 0 );
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ( pinNo == 0 ) break;
+
+ --pinNo;
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::OnFind()
+{
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+ {
+ if ( GetStartOfSelection().mRow == GetEndOfSelection().mRow )
+ {
+ char* buf = NULL; size_t len = 0;
+
+ GetSelection( &buf, len );
+
+ mLastFindExpr = string( buf, 0, len );
+
+ delete [] buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ wxFindTextDialog dlg( GetActiveView(), mLastFindExpr );
+ //dlg.SetExpr( mLastFindExpr );
+
+ if( dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK )
+ {
+ mLastFindExpr = dlg.GetExpr();
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+
+ return OnFindNext();
+ }
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::OnFindNext()
+{
+ PrepreForCommand();
+
+ string& val = mLastFindExpr;
+ size_t len = val.length();
+
+ if ( len == 0 )
+ {
+ NotifyView();
+ wxMessageBox( "Secarch string not found!" );
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ char ch1 = val[0];
+
+ TTextIterator iter = CreateIterator( mCursorPos );
+
+ while( !iter.IsEof() )
+ {
+ char ch = iter.GetChar();
+
+ if ( ch == ch1 )
+ {
+ size_t startCol = iter.mPos.mCol;
+ iter.NextChar();
+ ch = iter.GetChar();
+
+ size_t i = 1;
+ while( i < len && !iter.IsEof() && ch == val[i] )
+ {
+ ++i;
+ iter.NextChar();
+ ch = iter.GetChar();
+ }
+
+ if ( i == len )
+ {
+ if ( !SelectionIsEmpty() )
+
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ SetStartOfSelection( TPosition( iter.mPos.mRow, startCol ) );
+ SetEndOfSelection( iter.mPos );
+
+ MergeChange( iter.mPos.mRow, 1 );
+
+ mCursorPos = iter.mPos;
+
+ OnGotoLine( iter.mPos.mRow, iter.mPos.mCol );
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ NotifyView();
+ MergeChange( mCursorPos.mRow, 2 );
+ wxMessageBox( "Secarch string not found!" );
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::OnFindPrevious()
+{
+ // TBD::
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnGotoLine( int line, int col )
+{
+ if ( mpActiveView == NULL ) return;
+
+ TPosition pagePos = mpActiveView->GetPagePos();
+
+ if ( line >= pagePos.mRow &&
+ line < pagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage )
+ {
+ mCursorPos.mRow = (size_t)line;
+ mCursorPos.mCol = (size_t)col;
+
+ if ( col == - 1)
+ {
+ mCursorPos.mCol = 0;
+ OnStartOfLine();
+ }
+ else
+ NotifyView();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ size_t third = mRowsPerPage / 3;
+ size_t newTop = 0;
+
+ if ( line < third )
+
+ newTop = 0;
+ else
+ newTop = line - third;
+
+
+ mpActiveView->ScrollView( (int)newTop - (int)pagePos.mRow, -(int)pagePos.mCol );
+
+ mCursorPos.mRow = line;
+ mCursorPos.mCol = col;
+
+ if ( col == - 1)
+ {
+ mCursorPos.mCol = 0;
+ OnStartOfLine();
+ }
+ else
+ NotifyView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::OnGotoLine()
+{
+ wxTextEntryDialog* dlg =
+ new wxTextEntryDialog( mpActiveView, "Line number:", "Goto line", "" );
+
+ int nTries = 3;
+
+ while( dlg->ShowModal() == wxID_OK && nTries )
+ {
+ ResetSelection();
+
+ int i = -1;
+ sscanf( dlg->GetValue(), "%d", &i );
+
+ if ( i == -1 )
+ {
+ wxMessageBox( "Please enter a number" );
+ continue;
+ }
+
+
+ if ( i == 0 ) ++i;
+
+ OnGotoLine( (size_t)(i-1), 0 );
+ break;
+
+ --nTries;
+ }
+
+ GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
+}
+
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::IsReadOnly()
+{
+ return mIsReadOnly;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::IsModified()
+{
+ return mCurCommand != 0;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::IsInsertMode()
+{
+ return mInsertMode;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetCheckpoint()
+{
+ mCheckPointDestroyed = FALSE;
+ mCheckPointCmdNo = mCurCommand;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorModel::CheckpointModified()
+{
+ if ( mCheckPointDestroyed ) return TRUE;
+
+ return mCheckPointCmdNo != mCurCommand;
+}
+
+TPosition wxTextEditorModel::GetStartOfSelection()
+{
+ ArrangePositions( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd );
+
+ return mSelectionStart;
+}
+
+TPosition wxTextEditorModel::GetEndOfSelection()
+{
+ ArrangePositions( mSelectionStart, mSelectionEnd );
+
+ return mSelectionEnd;
+}
+
+TPosition wxTextEditorModel::GetCursor()
+{
+ return mCursorPos;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetStartOfSelection( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ mSelectionStart = pos;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetEndOfSelection( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ mSelectionEnd = pos;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetCursor( const TPosition& pos )
+{
+ mCursorPos = pos;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::AddView( wxTextEditorView* pView )
+{
+ mViews.push_back( pView );
+ pView->SetModel( this );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::RemoveView( wxTextEditorView* pView )
+{
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mViews.size(); ++i )
+
+ if ( mViews[i] == pView )
+ {
+ mViews.erase( & mViews[i] );
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetActiveView( wxTextEditorView* pView )
+{
+ mpActiveView = pView;
+}
+
+wxTextEditorView* wxTextEditorModel::GetActiveView()
+{
+ return mpActiveView;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::SetRowsPerPage( size_t n )
+{
+ mRowsPerPage = n;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::AddPin( TPinBase* pPin )
+{
+ // FIXME:: binary search should be used
+
+ size_t beforePin = FindNextPinFrom( pPin->mRow );
+
+ if ( beforePin != NPOS )
+ {
+ // pins in the same row are ordered in the
+ // descending order of their type-codes
+
+ while( beforePin < mPins.size() &&
+ mPins[beforePin]->mRow == pPin->mRow &&
+ mPins[beforePin]->mTypeCode < pPin->mTypeCode )
+
+ ++beforePin;
+
+ if ( beforePin < mPins.size() )
+
+ mPins.insert( &mPins[beforePin], pPin );
+ else
+ mPins.push_back( pPin );
+ }
+ else
+ mPins.push_back( pPin );
+}
+
+PinListT& wxTextEditorModel::GetPins()
+{
+ return mPins;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::FindFirstPinInRange( size_t fromRow, size_t tillRow )
+{
+ // FIXME:: pefrom binary search instead
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mPins.size(); ++i )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[i];
+
+ if ( pin.mRow >= tillRow ) return NPOS;
+
+ if ( pin.mRow >= fromRow )
+
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ return NPOS;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::FindNextPinFrom( size_t fromRow )
+{
+ // FIXME:: pefrom binary search instead
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mPins.size(); ++i )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[i];
+
+ if ( pin.mRow >= fromRow )
+
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ return NPOS;
+
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::FindPreviousPinFrom( size_t fromRow )
+{
+ // FIXME:: pefrom binary search instead
+
+ if ( mPins.size() == 0 ) return NPOS;
+
+ size_t i = mPins.size() - 1;
+
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[i];
+
+ if ( pin.mRow <= fromRow )
+
+ return i;
+
+ if ( i == 0 ) break;
+
+ --i;
+ }
+
+ return NPOS;
+}
+
+size_t wxTextEditorModel::GetPinNoAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode )
+{
+ size_t curPin = FindNextPinFrom( row );
+
+ while( curPin != NPOS )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *mPins[curPin];
+
+ if ( pin.mRow > row ) return NPOS;
+
+ if ( pin.mTypeCode == pinTypeCode ) return curPin;
+
+ ++curPin;
+
+ if ( curPin == mPins.size() ) return NPOS;
+ }
+
+ return NPOS;
+}
+
+TPinBase* wxTextEditorModel::GetPinAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode )
+{
+ size_t pinNo = GetPinNoAt( row, pinTypeCode );
+
+ return ( pinNo == NPOS ) ? NULL : mPins[pinNo];
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::RemovePinAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode )
+{
+ size_t pinNo = GetPinNoAt( row, pinTypeCode );
+
+ if ( pinNo != NPOS )
+
+ mPins.erase( &mPins[pinNo] );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorModel::AddChangeListener( TTextChangeListenerBase* pListener )
+{
+ mChangeListeners.push_back( pListener );
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class wxTextEditorView *****/
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxTextEditorView, wxScrolledWindow )
+
+ EVT_SIZE ( wxTextEditorView::OnSize )
+#if (( wxVERSION_NUMBER < 2100 ) || (( wxVERSION_NUMBER == 2100 ) && (wxBETA_NUMBER <= 4)))
+ EVT_SCROLL( wxTextEditorView::OnScroll )
+#else
+ EVT_SCROLLWIN( wxTextEditorView::OnScroll )
+#endif
+ EVT_PAINT ( wxTextEditorView::OnPaint )
+
+ EVT_LEFT_DOWN ( wxTextEditorView::OnLButtonDown )
+ EVT_LEFT_UP ( wxTextEditorView::OnLButtonUp )
+ EVT_MOTION ( wxTextEditorView::OnMotion )
+ EVT_LEFT_DCLICK( wxTextEditorView::OnDblClick )
+
+ EVT_SET_FOCUS ( wxTextEditorView::OnSetFocus )
+ EVT_KILL_FOCUS ( wxTextEditorView::OnKillFocus )
+
+ EVT_CHAR( wxTextEditorView::OnChar )
+ EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxTextEditorView::OnKeyDown )
+
+ EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxTextEditorView::OnEraseBackground )
+
+
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+TCursorTimer* wxTextEditorView::mpTimer = new TCursorTimer();
+
+wxTextEditorView::wxTextEditorView( wxWindow* parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ wxTextEditorModel* pModel,
+ int wndStyle,
+ bool ownsModel )
+
+ : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, wxPoint(32768,32768), wxSize(0,0),
+ wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL | wndStyle
+ ),
+ mPagePos( 0,0 ),
+ mDragStarted( FALSE ),
+ mpDraggedText( NULL ),
+ mAdjustScrollPending( FALSE ),
+ mLTMode( FALSE ),
+ mMaxColumns( 500 ),
+
+ mScrollingOn( TRUE ),
+ mCursorOn ( TRUE ),
+ mOwnsModel ( ownsModel ),
+
+ mLastRowsTotal( (size_t)(-1) )
+{
+ SetModel( pModel );
+
+ SetTextDefaults();
+
+ SetSourcePainter( new SourcePainter() );
+
+ mCashedIter.mPos = TPosition( (size_t)(-1), 0 );
+
+ // default
+ AddPinPainter( new TBookmarkPainter() );
+}
+
+wxTextEditorView::~wxTextEditorView()
+{
+ if ( mpTimer->GetView() == this &&
+ mCursorOn && !mLTMode )
+ {
+ mpTimer->SetView( NULL );
+ mpTimer->HideCursor( TRUE );
+ }
+
+ if ( mOwnsModel && mpModel )
+
+ delete mpModel;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetTextDefaults()
+{
+ mLeftMargin = 22;
+ mRightMargin = 0;
+ mTopMargin = 0;
+ mBottomMargin = 0;
+
+ mCharDim.x = -1; // not detected yet
+ mCharDim.y = -1;
+
+ mNormalTextCol = *wxBLACK;
+ mIndentifierTextCol = *wxBLUE;
+ mReservedWordTextCol = *wxRED;
+ mCommentTextCol = wxColour( 0,128,128 );
+
+ mNormalBkCol = wxColour(255,255,255);//*wxWHITE;//wxColour( 128,220,128 );
+ mSelectionFgCol = wxColour(255,255,255);//*wxWHITE;
+ mSelectionBkCol = wxColour( 0,0,128 );
+
+ mNormalBkBrush = wxBrush( mNormalBkCol, wxSOLID );
+ mSelectedBkBrush = wxBrush( mSelectionBkCol, wxSOLID );
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WINDOWS__)
+ mFont.SetFaceName("Fixedsys");
+ mFont.SetStyle(40);
+ mFont.SetWeight(40);
+ mFont.SetPointSize( 11);
+#else
+ //mFont.SetFamily( wxSWISS );
+ mFont = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemFont(wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT);
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WINDOWS__)
+ mFont.RealizeResource();
+#endif
+
+ // reduce flicker un wxGtk
+ SetBackgroundColour( mNormalBkCol );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetColours( const wxColour& normalBkCol,
+ const wxColour& selectedBkCol,
+ const wxColour& selectedTextCol )
+{
+ mNormalBkCol = normalBkCol;
+ mSelectionFgCol = selectedTextCol;
+ mSelectionBkCol = selectedBkCol;
+
+ mNormalBkBrush = wxBrush( mNormalBkCol, wxSOLID );
+ mSelectedBkBrush = wxBrush( mSelectionBkCol, wxSOLID );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetHeighlightingColours( const wxColour& normalTextCol,
+ const wxColour& identifierTextCol,
+ const wxColour& reservedWordTextCol,
+ const wxColour& commentTextCol )
+{
+ mNormalTextCol = normalTextCol;
+ mIndentifierTextCol = identifierTextCol;
+ mReservedWordTextCol = reservedWordTextCol;
+ mCommentTextCol = commentTextCol;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetMargins( int top, int left, int bottom, int right )
+{
+ mLeftMargin = left;
+ mRightMargin = right;
+ mTopMargin = top;
+ mBottomMargin = bottom;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::RecalcPagingInfo()
+{
+ bool firstRefresh = mCharDim.x == -1;
+
+ if ( firstRefresh )
+
+ ObtainFontProperties();
+
+ int w = 0, h = 0;
+ GetClientSize( &w, &h );
+
+ w -= mLeftMargin + mRightMargin;
+ h -= mTopMargin + mBottomMargin;
+
+ mColsPerPage = ( ( w / mCharDim.x ) +
+ ( ( w % mCharDim.x ) ? 0 : 0 ) );
+
+
+ mRowsPerPage = ( ( h / mCharDim.y ) +
+ ( ( h % mCharDim.y ) ? 0 : 0 ) );
+
+ if ( mpModel->GetActiveView() == this )
+
+ mpModel->SetRowsPerPage( mRowsPerPage );
+
+ if ( firstRefresh )
+ {
+ // scrolling should not happen at DC-level
+ EnableScrolling( FALSE, FALSE );
+
+ if ( mScrollingOn )
+
+ SetScrollbars( mCharDim.x, mCharDim.y,
+ mMaxColumns,
+ mpModel->GetTotalRowCount(),
+ mPagePos.mCol,
+ mPagePos.mRow,
+ TRUE
+ );
+ }
+
+ PositionCursor();
+}
+
+#if (( wxVERSION_NUMBER < 2100 ) || (( wxVERSION_NUMBER == 2100 ) && (wxBETA_NUMBER <= 4)))
+ // this changed in ver 2.1
+void wxTextEditorView::OnScroll( wxScrollEvent& event )
+#else
+void wxTextEditorView::OnScroll( wxScrollWinEvent& event )
+#endif
+{
+ if ( !mScrollingOn ) return;
+
+ // overriden implementation of wxScrolledWindow::OnScroll,
+ // to reduce flicker on wxGtk, by using wxClientDC
+ // instead of Refresh()
+
+ int orient = event.GetOrientation();
+
+ int nScrollInc = CalcScrollInc(event);
+ if (nScrollInc == 0) return;
+
+ if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
+ {
+ int newPos = m_xScrollPosition + nScrollInc;
+ SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, newPos, TRUE );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int newPos = m_yScrollPosition + nScrollInc;
+ SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, newPos, TRUE );
+ }
+
+ if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
+ {
+ m_xScrollPosition += nScrollInc;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_yScrollPosition += nScrollInc;
+ }
+
+ int x,y;
+ ViewStart( &x, &y );
+
+ mPagePos.mRow = y;
+ mPagePos.mCol = x;
+
+ PositionCursor();
+
+ if ( mAdjustScrollPending )
+ {
+ mLastRowsTotal = mpModel->GetTotalRowCount();
+ SetScrollbars( mCharDim.x, mCharDim.y,
+ mMaxColumns, // FOR NOW:: maximal line-length not calculated
+ mLastRowsTotal,
+ mPagePos.mCol,
+ mPagePos.mRow,
+ TRUE
+ );
+
+ mLastViewStart = mPagePos;
+
+ mAdjustScrollPending = FALSE;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ wxClientDC dc( this );
+
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+
+ PaintRows( mPagePos.mRow, mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage, dc );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event )
+{
+ //wxScrolledWindow::OnPaint( event );
+ if ( mCharDim.x == -1 ) ObtainFontProperties();
+
+ wxPaintDC dc( this );
+
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+
+ PaintRows( mPagePos.mRow, mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage, dc );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
+{
+ RecalcPagingInfo();
+
+ SyncScrollbars();
+
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event )
+{
+#if 0
+ int w = 0, h = 0;
+
+ GetClientSize( &w, &h );
+
+ wxPaintDC dc( this );
+
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+ dc.SetBrush( *wxWHITE_BRUSH );
+ dc.DrawRectangle( 0,0, w,h );
+#endif
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( mDragStarted ) return;
+
+ mDragStarted = TRUE;
+
+ TPosition textPos;
+ PixelsToTextPos( event.m_x, event.m_y, textPos );
+
+ mpModel->SetSelectionEditMode( FALSE );
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveToPosition( textPos );
+
+ mpModel->SetSelectionEditMode( TRUE );
+
+ SetFocus();
+
+ CaptureMouse();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnLButtonUp( wxMouseEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( mDragStarted )
+ {
+ OnMotion( event ); // simulate last motion event
+
+ mpModel->SetSelectionEditMode( FALSE );
+
+ ReleaseMouse();
+ mDragStarted = FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnMotion( wxMouseEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( mDragStarted )
+ {
+ TPosition textPos;
+
+ if ( event.m_y < 0 && mpModel->GetCursor().mRow == 0 )
+
+ event.m_y = 0;
+
+ PixelsToTextPos( event.m_x, event.m_y, textPos );
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveToPosition( textPos );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnDblClick( wxMouseEvent& event )
+{
+ event.Skip();
+ mpModel->OnSelectWord();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( !mLTMode && mCursorOn )
+ {
+ mpTimer->SetView( this );
+ mpTimer->ShowCursor( TRUE );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( !mLTMode && mCursorOn )
+ {
+ mpTimer->HideCursor( TRUE );
+ mpTimer->SetView( NULL );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::HoldCursor( bool hold )
+{
+ if ( mLTMode || !mCursorOn ) return;
+
+ if ( !hold )
+ {
+ if ( wxWindow::FindFocus() != this )
+ {
+ mpTimer->HideCursor();
+ mpTimer->SetView( NULL );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ mpTimer->SetView( this );
+ mpTimer->ShowCursor();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
+{
+ // FOR NOW:: hard-coded key-bindings
+
+ mpModel->SetSelectionEditMode( event.ShiftDown() );
+
+ if ( event.ControlDown() )
+ {
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_LEFT )
+
+ mpModel->OnWordLeft();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_RIGHT )
+
+ mpModel->OnWordRight();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_UP )
+
+ mpModel->OnSlideUp();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_DOWN )
+
+ mpModel->OnSlideDown();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_HOME )
+
+ mpModel->OnStartOfText();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_END )
+
+ mpModel->OnEndOfText();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_INSERT )
+
+ mpModel->OnCopy();
+ else
+ event.Skip();
+
+ /*
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_NEXT )
+
+ mpModel->();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_PRIOR )
+
+ mpModel->();
+ */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_LEFT )
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveLeft();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_RIGHT )
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveRight();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_UP )
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveUp();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_DOWN )
+
+ mpModel->OnMoveDown();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_HOME )
+
+ mpModel->OnStartOfLine();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_END )
+
+ mpModel->OnEndOfLine();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_NEXT )
+
+ mpModel->OnPageDown();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_PRIOR )
+
+ mpModel->OnPageUp();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_DELETE )
+
+ mpModel->OnDelete();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_INSERT && event.ShiftDown() )
+
+ mpModel->OnPaste();
+ else
+ event.Skip();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
+{
+ if ( event.ControlDown() )
+ {
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == 'y' )
+
+ mpModel->OnDeleteLine();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == 'v' )
+
+ mpModel->OnPaste();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == 'c' )
+
+ mpModel->OnCopy();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == 'z' )
+
+ mpModel->OnUndo();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == 'a' )
+
+ mpModel->OnRedo();
+ else
+ event.Skip();
+ }
+ else
+ if ( event.AltDown() )
+ {
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_BACK )
+
+ mpModel->OnUndo();
+ else
+ event.Skip();
+ }
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_BACK )
+
+ mpModel->OnDeleteBack();
+ else
+ if ( event.m_keyCode == WXK_TAB && event.ShiftDown() )
+
+ mpModel->OnShiftSelectionIndent( TRUE );
+ else
+ {
+ if ( !mpModel->SelectionIsEmpty() && event.m_keyCode == WXK_TAB )
+
+ mpModel->OnShiftSelectionIndent( FALSE );
+ else
+ mpModel->OnInsertChar( event.m_keyCode );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetModel( wxTextEditorModel* pModel )
+{
+ mpModel = pModel;
+ mSelectionStart = pModel->GetStartOfSelection();
+ mSelectionEnd = pModel->GetEndOfSelection();
+ mCursorPos = pModel->GetCursor();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetSourcePainter( SourcePainter* pPainter )
+{
+ mpPainter = pPainter;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::AddPinPainter( TPinPainterBase* pPainter )
+{
+ mPinPainters.push_back( pPainter );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetDefaultFont( const wxFont& font )
+{
+ mFont = font;
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WINDOWS__)
+ mFont.RealizeResource();
+#endif
+
+ mCharDim.x = -1;
+ mCharDim.y = -1;
+
+ RecalcPagingInfo();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetRowsPerPage( size_t n )
+{
+ mpModel->SetRowsPerPage( n );
+
+ mRowsPerPage = n;
+ SyncScrollbars();
+ PositionCursor();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetMaxColumns( size_t n )
+{
+ mMaxColumns = n;
+
+ SyncScrollbars();
+ PositionCursor();
+}
+
+wxFont& wxTextEditorView::GetDefaultFont()
+{
+ return mFont;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SetLineTrackingMode( bool on, const wxColour& col )
+{
+ mLTColour = col;
+ mLTMode = on;
+
+ if ( mpTimer->GetView() == this )
+
+ mpTimer->HideCursor();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::EnableCursor( bool enable )
+{
+ mCursorOn = enable;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::EnableScrollbars( bool enable )
+{
+ mScrollingOn = enable;
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorView::IsActiveView()
+{
+ return this == mpModel->GetActiveView();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::PositionCursor()
+{
+ if ( !IsActiveView() ||
+ mLTMode || !mCursorOn ) return;
+
+ mpTimer->HideCursor();
+
+ TextPosToScreenPos( mpModel->GetCursor(), mCursorScrPos );
+
+ mpTimer->ShowCursor();
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::PixelsToScrPos( int x, int y, int& scrRow, int& scrCol )
+{
+ x -= mLeftMargin;
+ y -= mTopMargin;
+
+ //if ( x < 0 ) x = 0; // FOR NOW:: horizontal auto-scroll disabled
+
+ scrCol = x / mCharDim.x;
+ scrRow = y / mCharDim.y;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::PixelsToTextPos( int x, int y, TPosition& textPos )
+{
+ int scrRow = 0, scrCol = 0;
+ PixelsToScrPos( x, y, scrRow, scrCol );
+
+ if ( scrRow + (int)mPagePos.mRow < 0 )
+
+ scrRow = -(int)mPagePos.mRow;
+
+ if ( scrCol + (int)mPagePos.mCol < 0 )
+
+ scrCol = -(int)mPagePos.mCol;
+
+ ScreenPosToTextPos( TPosition( scrRow, scrCol ), textPos );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::ScreenPosToPixels( const TPosition& scrPos, int& x, int& y )
+{
+ x = mLeftMargin + scrPos.mCol * mCharDim.x;
+ y = mTopMargin + scrPos.mRow * mCharDim.y;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::TextPosToScreenPos( const TPosition& txtPos, TPosition& scrPos )
+{
+ TTextIterator iter;
+
+ if ( txtPos.mRow != mCashedIter.mPos.mRow )
+ {
+ iter = mpModel->CreateIterator( txtPos );
+ mCashedIter = iter;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ iter = mCashedIter;
+ iter.mPos.mCol = txtPos.mCol;
+ }
+
+ iter.ToStartOfLine();
+
+ size_t scrCol = 0;
+ size_t txtCol = 0;
+
+ while( !iter.IsEol() && txtCol < txtPos.mCol )
+ {
+ if ( iter.GetChar() == '\t' )
+ {
+ size_t spacing = ( (scrCol / mpModel->mTabSize) + 1 ) * mpModel->mTabSize - scrCol;
+
+ scrCol += spacing;
+ }
+ else
+ ++scrCol;
+
+ ++txtCol;
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ TPosition actualPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ scrCol += txtPos.mCol - txtCol;
+
+ scrPos.mRow = actualPos.mRow - mPagePos.mRow;
+ scrPos.mCol = scrCol - mPagePos.mCol;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::ScreenPosToTextPos( const TPosition& scrPos, TPosition& txtPos )
+{
+ TPosition absScrPos( scrPos.mRow + mPagePos.mRow, scrPos.mCol + mPagePos.mCol );
+
+ TTextIterator iter = mpModel->CreateIterator( TPosition( absScrPos.mRow, 0 ) );
+
+ size_t scrCol = 0;
+ size_t txtCol = 0;
+
+ // iterate over all possible on-screen positions, and find one which matches "absScrPos"
+
+ while( !iter.IsEol() && scrCol < absScrPos.mCol )
+ {
+ if ( iter.GetChar() == '\t' )
+ {
+ size_t spacing = ( (scrCol / mpModel->mTabSize) + 1 ) * mpModel->mTabSize - scrCol;
+
+ scrCol += spacing;
+ }
+ else
+ ++scrCol;
+
+ ++txtCol;
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ TPosition actualPos = iter.GetPosition();
+
+ if ( scrCol == absScrPos.mCol )
+ {
+ txtPos = actualPos;
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( scrCol < absScrPos.mCol )
+ {
+ // the absScrPos points past the eol
+
+ txtPos = actualPos;
+ txtPos.mCol += absScrPos.mCol - scrCol;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( scrCol > absScrPos.mCol )
+ {
+ // there should have been a '\t' char, which made us jump too far forward
+
+ txtPos = actualPos;
+ --txtPos.mCol;
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxTextEditorView::IsClipboardCmd( wxKeyEvent& key )
+{
+ if ( key.ControlDown() && key.m_keyCode == WXK_CONTROL )
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if ( key.ShiftDown() && key.m_keyCode == WXK_SHIFT )
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if ( key.ControlDown() )
+ {
+ return ( key.m_keyCode == 'C' ||
+ key.m_keyCode == 'c' ||
+ key.m_keyCode == WXK_INSERT );
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::ObtainFontProperties()
+{
+ wxClientDC dc(this);
+ dc.SetFont( mFont );
+
+ long w,h;
+
+ dc.GetTextExtent( "X", &w, &h );
+
+ mCharDim.x = w;
+ mCharDim.y = h;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SyncViewPortPosition()
+{
+
+ TPosition pos = mpModel->GetCursor();
+
+ TextPosToScreenPos( pos, pos );
+ pos.mRow += mPagePos.mRow;
+ pos.mCol += mPagePos.mCol;
+
+ if ( pos.mRow < mPagePos.mRow )
+ {
+ mPagePos.mRow = pos.mRow;
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( pos.mRow >= mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage && mRowsPerPage != 0 )
+ {
+ mPagePos.mRow = pos.mRow - mRowsPerPage + 1;
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ( pos.mCol < mPagePos.mCol )
+ {
+ mPagePos.mCol = pos.mCol;
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( pos.mCol >= mPagePos.mCol + mColsPerPage )
+ {
+ mPagePos.mCol = pos.mCol - mColsPerPage + 1;
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::SyncScrollbars()
+{
+ if ( !mScrollingOn ) return;
+
+ size_t nRows = mpModel->GetTotalRowCount();
+
+#if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
+
+ if ( mLastViewStart == mPagePos )
+ {
+ if ( mLastRowsTotal != nRows )
+
+ mAdjustScrollPending = TRUE;
+
+ return;
+ }
+#else
+ if ( mLastViewStart == mPagePos &&
+ mLastRowsTotal == nRows )
+
+ return;
+#endif
+ SetScrollbars( mCharDim.x, mCharDim.y,
+ mMaxColumns,
+ nRows,
+ mPagePos.mCol,
+ mPagePos.mRow,
+ TRUE
+ );
+
+ mLastViewStart = mPagePos;
+ mLastRowsTotal = nRows;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::ScrollView( int rows, int cols )
+{
+ int pageRow = (int)mPagePos.mRow;
+ int pageCol = (int)mPagePos.mCol;
+
+ if ( pageRow + rows < 0 )
+ pageRow = 0;
+ else
+ if ( pageRow + rows > (int)mpModel->GetTotalRowCount() )
+
+ pageRow = mpModel->GetTotalRowCount();
+ else
+ pageRow = pageRow + rows;
+
+ mPagePos.mRow = (size_t)pageRow;
+
+ if ( pageCol + cols < 0 )
+
+ pageCol = 0;
+ else
+ pageCol = pageCol + cols;
+
+ mPagePos.mCol = pageCol;
+
+ mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::OnModelChanged()
+{
+ // invalidate pre-cached iterator
+ mCashedIter.mPos = TPosition( (size_t)(-1), 0 );
+
+ SyncViewPortPosition();
+
+ if ( mLTMode ) mFullRefreshPending = TRUE;
+
+ if ( mpModel->mTextChanged && !mFullRefreshPending )
+ {
+ wxClientDC dc( this );
+ PaintRows( mpModel->mChangedFromRow, mpModel->mChangedTillRow, dc );
+ }
+ else
+ if ( mFullRefreshPending )
+ {
+ wxClientDC dc( this );
+ PaintRows( mPagePos.mRow, mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage, dc );
+ }
+
+ if ( IsActiveView() )
+ {
+ PositionCursor();
+ SyncScrollbars();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::Activate()
+{
+ mpModel->SetStartOfSelection( mSelectionStart );
+ mpModel->SetEndOfSelection( mSelectionEnd );
+ mpModel->SetCursor( mCursorPos );
+
+ mpModel->SetRowsPerPage( mRowsPerPage );
+
+ if ( !mLTMode && mCursorOn )
+ {
+ mpTimer->SetView( this );
+ mpTimer->ShowCursor();
+ }
+
+ mpModel->SetActiveView( this );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::Deactivate()
+{
+ mSelectionStart = mpModel->GetStartOfSelection();
+ mSelectionEnd = mpModel->GetEndOfSelection();
+ mCursorPos = mpModel->GetCursor();
+
+ if ( mpTimer->GetView() == this &&
+ !mLTMode && mCursorOn )
+
+ mpTimer->HideCursor( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*** protected methods ***/
+
+char* wxTextEditorView::mpLineBuffer = NULL;
+size_t wxTextEditorView::mpLineBufferLen = 0;
+
+char* wxTextEditorView::GetLineBuffer( size_t len )
+{
+ if ( mpLineBuffer == NULL || mpLineBufferLen < len )
+ {
+ if ( !mpLineBuffer ) mpModel->FreeCharacters( mpLineBuffer );
+
+ mpLineBuffer = mpModel->AllocCharacters( len );
+
+ mpLineBufferLen = len;
+ }
+
+ return mpLineBuffer;
+}
+
+TPinPainterBase* wxTextEditorView::FindPainterForPin( TPinBase& pin )
+{
+ int pinTc = pin.mTypeCode;
+
+ for( size_t i = 0; i != mPinPainters.size(); ++i )
+
+ if ( mPinPainters[i]->mPinTypeCode == pinTc )
+
+ return mPinPainters[i];
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::PaintDecorations( size_t fromRow,
+ size_t tillRow,
+ wxDC& dc, TTextIterator& iter )
+{
+ int dcY = ( fromRow - mPagePos.mRow ) * mCharDim.y + mTopMargin;
+
+ size_t curPin = mpModel->FindFirstPinInRange( fromRow, tillRow );
+
+ PinListT& pins = mpModel->GetPins();
+ TPinPainterBase* pPainter = NULL;
+
+ size_t prevRow = fromRow;
+ int prevY = dcY;
+
+ wxPoint pos;
+ wxSize dim( mLeftMargin, mCharDim.y );
+
+ while( curPin != NPOS )
+ {
+ TPinBase& pin = *pins[curPin];
+
+ if ( pPainter == NULL ||
+ pPainter->mPinTypeCode != pin.mTypeCode )
+
+ pPainter = FindPainterForPin( pin );
+
+
+ // only pins which have their painters can be "visualized"
+
+ if ( pPainter )
+ {
+ pos.x = 0;
+ pos.y = ( pin.mRow - mPagePos.mRow )* mCharDim.y + mTopMargin;
+
+ if ( prevRow < pin.mRow )
+ {
+ // fill upper gap
+
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+ dc.DrawRectangle( 0, prevY,
+ mLeftMargin + 1,
+ mCharDim.y * ( pin.mRow - prevRow ) + 1 );
+ }
+
+ pPainter->DrawPin( &pin, *this, dc, pos, dim );
+
+ prevRow = pin.mRow + 1;
+ prevY = pos.y + mCharDim.y;
+ }
+
+ ++curPin;
+
+ if ( curPin >= pins.size() ||
+ pins[curPin]->mRow >= tillRow )
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // fill the reminder
+
+ if ( prevRow < tillRow )
+ {
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+ dc.DrawRectangle( 0, prevY,
+ mLeftMargin + 1,
+ mCharDim.y * ( tillRow - prevRow ) + 1 );
+ }
+
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+}
+
+void wxTextEditorView::PaintRows( size_t fromRow, size_t tillRow, wxDC& dc )
+{
+ // NOTE:: raws are painted from "fromRow" but not including "tillRow" - [fromRow,tillRow)
+
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+
+ // how much on-screen columns are visable?
+
+ size_t fromScrCol = mPagePos.mCol;
+ size_t tillScrCol = fromScrCol + mColsPerPage;
+
+ TPosition selStart = mpModel->GetStartOfSelection();
+ TPosition selEnd = mpModel->GetEndOfSelection();
+
+ bool selectionIsEmpty = ( selStart == selEnd );
+
+ wxColour curFgCol;
+ wxColour curBkCol;
+
+ wxBrush mLTBrush( mLTColour, wxSOLID );
+
+ // clip given row-region to the current page
+
+ if ( ( fromRow >= mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage) ||
+ ( tillRow <= mPagePos.mRow )
+ )
+
+ return;
+
+ if ( fromRow < mPagePos.mRow ) fromRow = mPagePos.mRow;
+ if ( tillRow > mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage ) tillRow = mPagePos.mRow + mRowsPerPage;
+
+ if ( fromRow >= tillRow ) return;
+
+ // now start the renderng
+
+ if ( mpTimer->GetView() == this && mCursorOn && !mLTMode )
+ {
+ mpTimer->Lock();
+ mpTimer->SetIsShown( FALSE );
+ }
+
+ dc.SetFont( mFont );
+ dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
+
+ TTextIterator iter = mpModel->CreateIterator( TPosition( fromRow, 0 ) );
+
+ PaintDecorations( fromRow, tillRow, dc, iter );
+
+ size_t cursorRow = mpModel->GetCursor().mRow;
+
+ size_t curRow = fromRow;
+ for( ; curRow != tillRow; ++curRow )
+ {
+ // place text into line-buffer
+
+ iter.ToStartOfLine();
+ size_t lineLen = iter.GetLineLen();
+
+ char* lineBuf = GetLineBuffer( lineLen + 1 );
+
+ size_t i = 0;
+
+ while( !iter.IsEof() && !iter.IsEol() )
+ {
+ lineBuf[i++] = iter.GetChar();
+ iter.NextChar();
+ }
+
+ iter.NextChar(); // skip eol
+
+ // obtain "highlights"
+
+ mpPainter->SetState( FALSE, FALSE );
+ mpPainter->Init( FALSE );
+ mpPainter->ProcessSource( lineBuf, lineLen );
+ IntListT& blocks = mpPainter->GetBlocks();
+
+ // setup state vars
+
+ int dcY = ( curRow - mPagePos.mRow ) * mCharDim.y + mTopMargin;
+
+ size_t scrCol = 0;
+ size_t txtCol = 0;
+
+ size_t curBlk = 0;
+ size_t curBlkCol = 0;
+
+ int chunkLen = -1;
+ size_t chunkTxtStart = 0;
+ size_t chunkScrStart = 0;
+
+ // pre-detect occurance of selection
+
+ bool lineHasSelection = ( selStart.mRow == curRow ) ||
+ ( selEnd.mRow == curRow );
+
+ bool isInSelection = ( selStart.mRow <= curRow ) &&
+ ( selEnd.mRow >= curRow );
+
+ if ( isInSelection && selStart.mRow == curRow &&
+ selStart.mCol != 0 )
+
+ isInSelection = FALSE;
+
+ if ( selStart == selEnd )
+ {
+ lineHasSelection = FALSE;
+ isInSelection = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ char ch = '\0';
+
+ // loop though the text in this row
+
+ do
+ {
+ TPosition curPos( curRow, txtCol );
+
+ // first check if we can finish the current chunk
+
+ bool finishChunk = FALSE;
+
+ if ( curBlk < blocks.size() &&
+ curBlkCol + get_src_block_len( blocks[curBlk] ) == txtCol )
+ {
+ curBlkCol += get_src_block_len( blocks[curBlk] );
+ ++curBlk;
+ finishChunk = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ if ( ( !selectionIsEmpty && ( curPos == selStart || curPos == selEnd ) )
+ || lineBuf[txtCol] == '\t'
+ || txtCol == lineLen )
+
+ finishChunk = TRUE;
+
+ if ( finishChunk && chunkLen != -1 )
+ {
+ // is any part of the chunk visable?
+
+ size_t chunkScrEnd = chunkScrStart + chunkLen;
+
+ if ( ( // if hits from one side or is inside
+ ( chunkScrStart >= fromScrCol &&
+ chunkScrStart < tillScrCol ) ||
+ ( chunkScrEnd >= fromScrCol &&
+ chunkScrEnd < tillScrCol ) ) ||
+
+ // if overlaps the whole range
+ ( chunkScrStart < fromScrCol &&
+ chunkScrEnd >= tillScrCol )
+
+ )
+ {
+ // render chunk data to the given DC
+
+ dc.SetTextForeground( curFgCol );
+ dc.SetTextBackground( curBkCol );
+
+ // clip left edge
+
+ if ( chunkScrStart < fromScrCol )
+ {
+ size_t diff = fromScrCol - chunkScrStart;
+ chunkLen -= diff;
+ chunkTxtStart += diff;
+ chunkScrStart += diff;
+ }
+
+ // clip right edge
+
+ if ( chunkScrEnd > tillScrCol )
+ {
+ size_t diff = chunkScrEnd - tillScrCol;
+ chunkLen -= diff;
+ chunkScrEnd -= diff;
+ }
+
+ // create string
+
+ char tmp = lineBuf[chunkTxtStart + chunkLen];
+
+ lineBuf[chunkTxtStart + chunkLen] = '\0';
+
+ // use member-variable, reuse heap-buffer between outputs
+ mFragment = lineBuf + chunkTxtStart;
+
+ lineBuf[chunkTxtStart + chunkLen] = tmp;
+
+ // draw it
+
+ int dcX = (chunkScrStart - fromScrCol) * mCharDim.x + mLeftMargin;
+
+ dc.DrawText( mFragment, dcX, dcY );
+ }
+
+ chunkLen = -1;
+
+ } // end of "if ( finishChunk )"
+
+ if ( txtCol == lineLen )
+ break;
+
+ if ( chunkLen == -1 )
+ {
+ // prepare the new chunk
+
+ if ( curBlk < blocks.size() )
+ {
+ switch( get_src_block_rank( blocks[curBlk] ) )
+ {
+ case RANK_BLACK : curFgCol = mNormalTextCol; break;
+ case RANK_BLUE : curFgCol = mIndentifierTextCol; break;
+ case RANK_RED : curFgCol = mReservedWordTextCol; break;
+ case RANK_GREEN : curFgCol = mCommentTextCol; break;
+ default : break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // track occurence of selection
+
+ if ( lineHasSelection )
+ {
+ isInSelection = TRUE;
+
+ if ( selEnd.mRow == curRow &&
+ selEnd.mCol <= txtCol )
+
+ isInSelection = FALSE;
+
+ if ( selStart.mRow == curRow &&
+ selStart.mCol > txtCol )
+
+ isInSelection = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ( isInSelection )
+ {
+ curFgCol = mSelectionFgCol;
+ curBkCol = mSelectionBkCol;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( mLTMode && curRow == cursorRow )
+
+ curBkCol = mLTColour;
+ else
+ curBkCol = mNormalBkCol ;
+ }
+
+ chunkScrStart = scrCol;
+ chunkTxtStart = txtCol;
+ chunkLen = 0;
+ }
+
+
+ ch = lineBuf[txtCol];
+
+ if ( ch == '\t' )
+ {
+ // tab's are treated specially (for simplicity and speed)
+
+ int dcX = (chunkScrStart - fromScrCol) * mCharDim.x + mLeftMargin;
+
+ if ( !isInSelection )
+ {
+ if ( mLTMode && curRow == cursorRow )
+
+ dc.SetBrush( mLTBrush );
+ else
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+ }
+ else dc.SetBrush( mSelectedBkBrush );
+
+ // *** "the rule of TAB..." ***
+
+ size_t spacing = ( (scrCol / mpModel->mTabSize) + 1 ) * mpModel->mTabSize - scrCol;
+
+ int width = spacing * mCharDim.x + 1;
+
+ if ( dcX < mLeftMargin )
+ {
+ width -= mLeftMargin - dcX;
+
+ dcX = mLeftMargin;
+ }
+
+ if ( width > 0 )
+
+ dc.DrawRectangle( dcX, dcY, width, mCharDim.y + 1 );
+
+ scrCol += spacing;
+ txtCol += 1;
+
+ // move chunk-start forward, after the occurance of '\t'
+
+ chunkLen = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // increase on-screen/in-text positions
+
+ ++scrCol;
+ ++txtCol;
+ ++chunkLen;
+ }
+
+ } while( TRUE );
+
+ // fill the reminding white-space after eol
+
+ if ( scrCol < tillScrCol &&
+ ( !isInSelection ||
+ ( isInSelection && curRow == selEnd.mRow ) )
+ )
+ {
+ if ( scrCol < fromScrCol ) scrCol = fromScrCol;
+
+ int dcX = ( scrCol - fromScrCol ) * mCharDim.x + mLeftMargin;
+
+ if ( mLTMode && curRow == cursorRow )
+
+ dc.SetBrush ( mLTBrush );
+ else
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+
+ dc.DrawRectangle( dcX, dcY,
+ mCharDim.x * ( tillScrCol - scrCol ) + 1,
+ mCharDim.y + 1 );
+ }
+
+ // render selection which is located past the eol
+
+ if ( ( lineHasSelection || isInSelection ) &&
+ !( selEnd.mRow == curRow && selEnd.mCol <= txtCol )
+ )
+ {
+ // determine start of selection on-screen
+
+ size_t scrSelStart = scrCol + ( selStart.mCol - txtCol );
+
+ if ( isInSelection )
+
+ scrSelStart = scrCol;
+
+ size_t scrSelEnd = tillScrCol;
+
+ if ( selEnd.mRow == curRow )
+
+ scrSelEnd = scrCol + ( selEnd.mCol - txtCol );
+
+ // clipping
+
+ if ( scrSelStart < fromScrCol ) scrSelStart = fromScrCol;
+ if ( scrSelEnd > tillScrCol ) scrSelEnd = tillScrCol;
+
+ // drawing
+
+ if ( scrSelEnd > scrSelStart )
+ {
+ int dcX = ( scrSelStart - fromScrCol ) * mCharDim.x + mLeftMargin;
+
+ dc.SetBrush( mSelectedBkBrush );
+ dc.DrawRectangle( dcX, dcY,
+ mCharDim.x * ( scrSelEnd - scrSelStart ) + 1,
+ mCharDim.y + 1 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( iter.IsEof() )
+ {
+ ++curRow;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ } // end of "for(...)"
+
+ if ( curRow < tillRow )
+ {
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+
+ int dcY = mTopMargin + (curRow - mPagePos.mRow)*mCharDim.y;
+ int dcX = mLeftMargin;
+
+ dc.DrawRectangle( dcX, dcY, mColsPerPage*mCharDim.x + 1,
+ ( tillRow - curRow ) * mCharDim.y + 1
+ );
+ }
+
+ if ( mFullRefreshPending )
+ {
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+
+ // fill in "corners" which are never reached by characters
+
+ int w,h;
+ GetClientSize( &w, &h );
+
+ dc.SetBrush( mNormalBkBrush );
+
+ int dcX = tillScrCol*mCharDim.x + mLeftMargin;
+
+ dc.DrawRectangle( dcX, mTopMargin, w - dcX + 1, h );
+
+ int dcY = mTopMargin + mRowsPerPage*mCharDim.y;
+
+ dc.DrawRectangle( 0, dcY, w, h - dcY + 2 );
+
+ ++curRow;
+
+ // any past-the-eof lines left at the bottom?
+ }
+
+ mFullRefreshPending = FALSE;
+
+ if ( mpTimer->GetView() == this && mCursorOn && !mLTMode )
+
+ mpTimer->Unlock();
+
+} // end of PaintRows(..)
+
+/***** Implementation for class TBookmarkPainter *****/
+
+TBookmarkPainter::TBookmarkPainter()
+
+ : TPinPainterBase( BOOKMARK_PIN_TC ),
+ mBkBrush( wxColour( 0,255,255 ), wxSOLID )
+{
+}
+
+void TBookmarkPainter::DrawPin( TPinBase* pPin, wxTextEditorView& view, wxDC& dc,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& dim )
+{
+ dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN );
+ dc.SetBrush( mBkBrush );
+ dc.DrawRoundedRectangle( pos.x+2, pos.y, dim.x-4, dim.y, 4 );
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class TBreakpointPainter *****/
+
+TBreakpointPainter::TBreakpointPainter()
+
+ : TPinPainterBase( BRKPOINT_PIN_TC ),
+ mBkBrush( wxColour( 196,0,0 ), wxSOLID )
+{
+}
+
+void TBreakpointPainter::DrawPin( TPinBase* pPin, wxTextEditorView& view, wxDC& dc,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& dim )
+{
+ dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN );
+ dc.SetBrush( mBkBrush );
+ dc.DrawRoundedRectangle( pos.x+6, pos.y+2, dim.x-12, dim.y-4, 30 );
+}
+
+/***** Implementation for class TCursorTimer *****/
+
+TCursorTimer::TCursorTimer()
+
+ : mIsLocked( FALSE ),
+ mIsShown ( FALSE ),
+ mBlinkInterval( 500 ),
+ mBrush( wxColour(0,0,0), wxSOLID ),
+ mMissOneTick( FALSE )
+{
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::Notify()
+{
+ if ( mIsLocked ) return;
+
+ if ( mMissOneTick )
+ {
+ // this trick is used because it's not
+ // possible to restart the timer under wxGtk
+
+ mMissOneTick = FALSE;
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ mIsLocked = TRUE;
+
+ DrawCursor();
+
+ mIsShown = !mIsShown;
+
+ mIsLocked = FALSE;
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::SetView( wxTextEditorView* pView )
+{
+ mpView = pView;
+}
+
+wxTextEditorView* TCursorTimer::GetView()
+{
+ return mpView;
+
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::HideCursor( bool forceHide )
+{
+ Lock();
+
+ if ( mIsShown )
+ {
+ DrawCursor();
+ mIsShown = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ Unlock();
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::ShowCursor( bool forceShow )
+{
+ Lock();
+
+ if ( !forceShow )
+ {
+ DrawCursor();
+ mIsShown = TRUE;
+
+ if ( mStarted )
+ mMissOneTick = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ Unlock();
+
+ if ( !mStarted )
+ {
+ Start( mBlinkInterval );
+ mStarted = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::Lock()
+{
+// while( mIsLocked );
+
+ mIsLocked = TRUE;
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::Unlock()
+{
+ mIsLocked = FALSE;
+}
+
+void TCursorTimer::SetIsShown( bool isShown )
+{
+ mIsShown = isShown;
+}
+
+/*** protected methods ***/
+
+void TCursorTimer::DrawCursor()
+{
+ if ( mpView == NULL ) return;
+
+ wxClientDC dc( mpView );
+
+ int x = 0, y = 0;
+
+ mpView->ScreenPosToPixels( mpView->mCursorScrPos, x, y );
+
+ dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
+ dc.SetBrush( mBrush );
+
+ dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
+ dc.DrawRectangle( x,y, 3, mpView->mCharDim.y + 1 );
+ dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 03/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+// (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#ifndef __TDEFS_G__
+#define __TDEFS_G__
+
+// should be compiled with wxSTL-v.1.2 (or higher)
+
+#include "wxstldefs.h"
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+ #include <vector>
+ #include <list>
+#else
+ #include "wxstlvec.h"
+ #include "wxstllst.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/window.h"
+#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
+
+#include "sourcepainter.h"
+
+#define NPOS ((size_t)(-1))
+
+class wxTextEditorModel;
+class wxTextEditorView;
+
+/*
+ * class represents column-row position in the source text,
+ * may refere to the column past the end-of-line,
+ * but should not point past the last-line in the text
+ */
+
+class TPosition
+{
+public:
+ size_t mRow;
+ size_t mCol;
+
+ inline TPosition() : mRow(0), mCol(0) {}
+
+ inline TPosition( size_t row, size_t col )
+
+ : mRow( row ), mCol( col ) {}
+
+ inline bool operator>( const TPosition& rhs ) const
+ {
+ if ( mRow == rhs.mRow ) return mCol > rhs.mCol;
+ else
+ return mRow > rhs.mRow;
+ }
+
+ inline bool operator<( const TPosition& rhs ) const
+ {
+ if ( mRow == rhs.mRow ) return mCol < rhs.mCol;
+ else
+ return mRow < rhs.mRow;
+ }
+};
+
+class TRange
+{
+public:
+ TPosition mFrom;
+ TPosition mTill;
+
+ TRange() {}
+ TRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till )
+ : mFrom( from ), mTill( till )
+ {}
+};
+
+inline bool operator==( const TPosition& lhs, const TPosition& rhs )
+{
+ return lhs.mRow == rhs.mRow && lhs.mCol == rhs.mCol;
+}
+
+// FOR NOW:: bigger ones...
+
+#define MAX_BLOCK_LEN (1024*164)
+#define BALANCED_BLOCK_LEN (1024*152)
+#define FILLED_BLOCK_LEN (1024*148)
+
+// FOR NOW::
+#define T_ASSERT( x ) if ( !(x) ) throw;
+
+// to speed up debug v. :
+
+#define is_eol_char( ch ) ( ch == (char)10 )
+#define is_DOS_eol_char( ch ) ( ch == (char)13 )
+
+// the target-platfrom eol-marking is selected when
+// new text document is created or auto-detection
+// failed to determine the text-format (e.g. no EOLs found at all)
+
+#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WXMSW__)
+
+ #define IS_UNIX_TEXT_BY_DEFAULT FALSE
+#else
+ #define IS_UNIX_TEXT_BY_DEFAULT TRUE
+#endif
+
+//inline bool is_eol_char( char ch ) { return ch == 10 && ch == 13 ; }
+
+/*
+ * Class contains single fragment of the source text, which
+ * may grow or shrink in the process of editing. Blocks always
+ * start at the begining of the line and end at eol, i.e. lines
+ * are not broken among blocks
+ */
+
+class TBlock
+{
+public:
+ char mBuf[MAX_BLOCK_LEN];
+ size_t mTextLen;
+ size_t mRowCount;
+
+ TBlock() : mTextLen(0), mRowCount(0) { mBuf[0] = '\0'; }
+
+ void RecalcBlockProperties();
+
+ bool operator==( const TBlock& blk ) const { return this == &blk; }
+
+ bool operator!=( const TBlock& blk ) const { return this != &blk; }
+
+ bool operator<( const TBlock& blk ) const { return TRUE; }
+
+ bool operator>( const TBlock& blk ) const { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+/*
+ * captures info about mutable command
+ */
+
+class TCommand
+{
+public:
+
+ TCommand() : mType(-1) {}
+ TCommand( int type ) : mType( type ) {}
+ ~TCommand() {}
+
+ int mType;
+ char* mData;
+ size_t mDataLen;
+
+ TRange mRange;
+
+ // positions of cursor before and after executions of this command
+ TPosition mPrePos;
+ TPosition mPostPos;
+
+};
+
+enum TEXT_EDITOR_COMMAND
+{
+ TCMD_INSERT,
+ TCMD_DELETE
+};
+
+enum TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE
+{
+ CT_MODIFIED,
+ CT_DELETED,
+ CT_INSERTED
+};
+
+class wxTextEditorView;
+
+// STL-list is used for managing blocks, since it's alg. collects
+// removed elements into a free-list, from which they
+// can be reclaimed later, that way heap-fragmentation may be reduced
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+ typedef list<TBlock> TBlockListT;
+ typedef vector<TCommand*> TCommandListT;
+ typedef vector<wxTextEditorView*> TextViewListT;
+#else
+ typedef WXSTL_LIST( TBlock ) TBlockListT;
+
+ typedef TCommand* TCommandPtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( TCommandPtrT ) TCommandListT;
+
+ typedef wxTextEditorView* TextViewPtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( TextViewPtrT ) TextViewListT;
+#endif
+
+typedef TBlockListT::iterator TBlockIteratorT;
+
+
+/*
+ * class shields the higher-level operations from direct access
+ * to blocks of fragmented in-memory buffers
+ */
+
+class TTextIterator
+{
+public:
+ TBlockIteratorT mBlockIter;
+ TBlockIteratorT mEndOfListIter;
+ TPosition mPos;
+
+ size_t mActualRow;
+ size_t mFirstRowInBlock;
+
+ char* mpCurRowStart;
+ bool mIsEof;
+
+public:
+ TTextIterator();
+
+ char GetChar();
+ bool IsEol();
+ bool IsEof();
+ bool IsLastLine();
+ int GetDistFromEol();
+
+ void NextChar();
+ void PreviousChar();
+ void NextWord();
+ void PreviousWord();
+ void ToEndOfLine();
+ void ToStartOfLine();
+
+ bool IsInLastBlock();
+
+ // accesors
+
+ size_t GetLineLen();
+ TPosition GetPosition();
+
+ char* GetClosestPos();
+ char* GotoClosestPos();
+
+ inline char* GetBlockStart() { return (*mBlockIter).mBuf; }
+ inline char* GetBlockEnd() { return (*mBlockIter).mBuf + (*mBlockIter).mTextLen; }
+
+ bool DetectUnixText();
+
+ // adjust this member to add specific separators,
+ // the default value is : ",.()[]\t\\+-*/|=<>:;\t\n~?!%"
+
+ static string mSeparators;
+
+ static bool IsSeparator( char ch );
+};
+
+class wxTextEditorModel;
+
+class TTextChangeListenerBase
+{
+public:
+ virtual void OnTextChanged( wxTextEditorModel* pModel, size_t atRow, size_t nRows, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct ) = 0;
+};
+
+class TCppJavaHighlightListener : public TTextChangeListenerBase
+{
+protected:
+ wxTextEditorModel* mpModel; // is set up temporarely
+
+ enum { IN_COMMENT_STATE, OUT_OF_COMMENT_STATE };
+
+public:
+ virtual void OnTextChanged( wxTextEditorModel* pModel, size_t atRow, size_t nRows, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct );
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Base class for user-defined "bookmarks" within the source-text, bookmarks
+ * are automatically repositioned or deleted as the text is edited. Class
+ * can be subclassed to add pin-specific data (e.g. breakpoint information)
+ */
+
+class TPinBase
+{
+public:
+ int mTypeCode;
+ size_t mRow;
+
+public:
+ TPinBase()
+ : mTypeCode(-1), mRow(NPOS) {}
+
+ TPinBase( int typeCode, size_t row )
+ : mTypeCode( typeCode ), mRow( row ) {}
+
+ size_t GetRow() { return mRow; }
+ int GetTypeCode() { return mTypeCode; }
+
+ virtual ~TPinBase() {}
+};
+
+// "recommened" type-code ranges for custom pins
+
+#define HIHGLIGHTING_PINS_TC_STARRT 50
+#define OTHER_PINS_TC_START 100
+
+inline bool operator<( const TPinBase& lhs, TPinBase& rhs )
+
+ { return lhs.mRow < rhs.mRow; }
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+
+ typedef vector<TPinBase*> PinListT;
+ typedef vector<TTextChangeListenerBase*> ChangeListenerListT;
+#else
+ typedef TPinBase* TPinBasePtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( TPinBasePtrT ) PinListT;
+
+ typedef TTextChangeListenerBase* TTextChangeListenerBasePtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( TTextChangeListenerBasePtrT ) ChangeListenerListT;
+#endif
+
+/* OLD STUFF::
+
+struct TPinBaseCompareFunctor
+{
+ inline int operator()(const TPinBasePtrT* x, const TPinBasePtrT*& y ) const
+ {
+ return x->mLine < y->mLine;
+ }
+};
+
+typedef WXSTL_MULTIMAP( TPinBasePtrT, TPinBasePtrT, TPinBaseCompareFunctor ) PinMapT;
+typedef PinMapT::iterator PinIteratorT;
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Class manages access and manpulation of in-memory text. Can
+ * be accessed by multiple views, only one of which can be active
+ * at a time.
+ */
+
+class wxTextEditorModel
+{
+protected:
+ TBlockListT mBlocks;
+
+ TCommandListT mCommands;
+ size_t mCurCommand;
+
+ TextViewListT mViews;
+ wxTextEditorView* mpActiveView;
+
+ PinListT mPins;
+ bool mIsUnixText;
+
+ ChangeListenerListT mChangeListeners;
+
+public:
+ /*** public properties ***/
+
+ bool mTextChanged;
+ size_t mChangedFromRow;
+ size_t mChangedTillRow;
+
+ bool mWasChanged; // TRUE, if any content has been changed
+
+ TPosition mCursorPos;
+
+ TPosition mPrevSelectionStart;
+ TPosition mPrevSelectionEnd;
+ TPosition mPrevCursorPos;
+
+ TPosition mSelectionStart;
+ TPosition mSelectionEnd;
+ size_t mRowsPerPage;
+
+ bool mIsReadOnly; // default: FALSE
+ bool mIsModified;
+ bool mInsertMode; // default: TRUE
+ bool mAutoIndentMode; // default: TRUE
+ bool mSmartIndentMode; // default: TRUE
+
+ bool mIsSelectionEditMode; // default: TRUE
+ size_t mTabSize; // default: 4
+
+ StrListT mSearchExprList;
+ string mLastFindExpr;
+
+ bool mCheckPointDestroyed;
+ size_t mCheckPointCmdNo;
+
+protected:
+
+ size_t GetLineCountInRange( char* from, char* till );
+
+ // two lowest-level operations
+ void DoInsertText ( const TPosition& pos, char* text, size_t len, TRange& actualRange );
+ void DoDeleteRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till, TRange& actualRange );
+
+ void DoExecuteNewCommand( TCommand& cmd );
+
+ void DoReexecuteCommand( TCommand& cmd );
+ void DoUnexecuteCommand( TCommand& cmd );
+
+
+ void ExecuteCommand( TCommand* pCmd );
+
+ // to methods enabling grouping of undo-able commands
+ bool CanPrependCommand( TCommand* pCmd );
+ void PrependCommand( TCommand* pCmd );
+
+ void SetPostPos( const TPosition& pos );
+
+ void UndoImpl();
+ void RedoImpl();
+
+ void StartBatch();
+ void FinishBatch();
+
+ void CheckSelection();
+ void TrackSelection();
+
+ void NotifyView();
+ void NotifyAllViews();
+
+ void NotifyTextChanged( size_t atRow, size_t nRows, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct );
+ void NotifyTextChanged( TPosition from, TPosition till, TEXT_CHANGE_TYPE ct );
+
+ void ArrangePositions( TPosition& upper, TPosition& lower );
+ void ArrangePositions( size_t& upper, size_t& lower );
+
+ void MergeChange( size_t fromRow, size_t nRows );
+
+ void PrepreForCommand();
+
+ size_t TextToScrColumn( const TPosition& pos );
+ size_t ScrToTextColumn( TPosition pos );
+
+ void DoMoveCursor( int rows, int cols );
+
+public:
+ wxTextEditorModel();
+ virtual ~wxTextEditorModel();
+
+ // utilities
+
+ char* AllocCharacters( size_t n );
+ char* AllocCharacters( size_t n, const char* srcBuf );
+ void FreeCharacters( char* buf );
+
+ void DeleteSelection();
+ TTextIterator CreateIterator( const TPosition& pos );
+
+ void DeleteRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till );
+ void InsertText( const TPosition& pos, const char* text, size_t len );
+ void GetTextFromRange( const TPosition& from, const TPosition& till, char** text, size_t& textLen );
+ void LoadTextFromFile( const wxString& fname );
+ void SaveTextToFile( const wxString& fname );
+ void ResetSelection();
+ void ClearUndoBuffer();
+
+
+ void DeleteAllText();
+ void GetAllText( char** text, size_t& textLen );
+
+ void SetSelectionEditMode( bool editIsOn );
+
+ /*** user-level commands ***/
+
+ // mutable (undoable) commands
+
+ void OnInsertChar( char ch );
+ void OnDelete();
+ void OnDeleteBack();
+ void OnDeleteLine();
+
+ void OnShiftSelectionIndent( bool left );
+
+ // clipboard functions
+
+ void OnCopy();
+ void OnPaste();
+ void OnCut();
+ bool CanCopy();
+ bool CanPaste();
+
+ // undo-redo
+
+ bool CanUndo();
+ bool CanRedo();
+ void OnUndo();
+ void OnRedo();
+
+ // imutable commands
+
+ void OnMoveLeft();
+ void OnMoveRight();
+ void OnMoveUp();
+ void OnMoveDown();
+
+ void OnWordLeft();
+ void OnWordRight();
+
+ void OnMoveToPosition( const TPosition& pos );
+
+ void OnEndOfLine();
+ void OnStartOfLine();
+ void OnPageUp();
+ void OnPageDown();
+ void OnSlideUp();
+ void OnSlideDown();
+ void OnStartOfText();
+ void OnEndOfText();
+
+ void OnSelectWord();
+ void OnSelectAll();
+
+ // bookmarks
+
+ void OnToggleBookmark();
+ void OnNextBookmark();
+ void OnPreviousBookmark();
+
+ // search
+
+ bool OnFind();
+ bool OnFindNext();
+ bool OnFindPrevious();
+ void OnGotoLine( int line, int col );
+ void OnGotoLine();
+
+ // status
+
+ bool IsReadOnly();
+ bool IsModified();
+ bool IsInsertMode();
+
+ // check-pointin
+
+ void SetCheckpoint();
+ bool CheckpointModified();
+
+ // accessors
+
+ TPosition GetStartOfSelection();
+ TPosition GetEndOfSelection();
+ TPosition GetCursor();
+
+ size_t GetTotalRowCount();
+ bool SelectionIsEmpty();
+ bool IsLastLine( const TPosition& pos );
+
+ bool IsUnixText() { return mIsUnixText; }
+
+ void GetSelection( char** text, size_t& textLen );
+
+ void SetStartOfSelection( const TPosition& pos );
+ void SetEndOfSelection( const TPosition& pos );
+ void SetCursor( const TPosition& pos );
+
+ void AddView( wxTextEditorView* pView );
+ void RemoveView( wxTextEditorView* pView );
+ void SetActiveView( wxTextEditorView* pView );
+ wxTextEditorView* GetActiveView();
+
+ void SetRowsPerPage( size_t n );
+
+ void AddPin( TPinBase* pPin );
+ PinListT& GetPins();
+
+ // returns NPOS, if non
+ size_t FindFirstPinInRange( size_t fromRow, size_t tillRow );
+ size_t FindNextPinFrom( size_t fromRow );
+ size_t FindPreviousPinFrom( size_t fromRow );
+
+ size_t GetPinNoAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode );
+ TPinBase* GetPinAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode );
+ void RemovePinAt( size_t row, int pinTypeCode );
+
+ void AddChangeListener( TTextChangeListenerBase* pListener );
+};
+
+class TCursorTimer;
+class wxTextEditorView;
+
+class TPinPainterBase : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ int mPinTypeCode;
+
+public:
+ TPinPainterBase( int pinTc ) : mPinTypeCode( pinTc ) {}
+ TPinPainterBase() : mPinTypeCode( -1 ) {}
+
+ inline int GetPinTypeCode() { return mPinTypeCode; }
+
+ virtual void DrawPin( TPinBase* pPin, wxTextEditorView& view, wxDC& dc,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& dim ) = 0;
+};
+
+/*
+ * a couple very common ping objects/painters
+ */
+
+#define BOOKMARK_PIN_TC (OTHER_PINS_TC_START)
+#define BRKPOINT_PIN_TC (BOOKMARK_PIN_TC + 1)
+
+class TBookmarkPainter : public TPinPainterBase
+{
+protected:
+ wxBrush mBkBrush;
+
+public:
+ TBookmarkPainter();
+
+ virtual void DrawPin( TPinBase* pPin, wxTextEditorView& view, wxDC& dc,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& dim );
+};
+
+class TBookmarkPin : public TPinBase
+{
+public:
+ TBookmarkPin( size_t row )
+ : TPinBase( BOOKMARK_PIN_TC, row )
+ {}
+
+ static int GetPinTypeCode() { return BOOKMARK_PIN_TC; }
+};
+
+class TBreakpointPainter : public TPinPainterBase
+{
+protected:
+ wxBrush mBkBrush;
+
+public:
+ TBreakpointPainter();
+
+ virtual void DrawPin( TPinBase* pPin, wxTextEditorView& view, wxDC& dc,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& dim );
+};
+
+class TBreakpointPin : public TPinBase
+{
+public:
+ TBreakpointPin( size_t row )
+ : TPinBase( BRKPOINT_PIN_TC, row )
+ {}
+
+ static int GetPinTypeCode() { return BRKPOINT_PIN_TC; }
+};
+
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+ typedef vector<TPinPainterBase*> PinPainterListT;
+#else
+ typedef TPinPainterBase* TPinPainterBasePtrT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( TPinPainterBasePtrT ) PinPainterListT;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Class displays graphical view of data contained in wxTextModel
+ */
+
+class wxTextEditorView : public wxScrolledWindow
+{
+protected:
+
+ wxTextEditorModel* mpModel;
+ TPosition mSelectionStart;
+ TPosition mSelectionEnd;
+ TPosition mCursorPos;
+
+ TPosition mLastViewStart;
+ size_t mLastRowsTotal;
+
+ size_t mRowsPerPage;
+ size_t mColsPerPage;
+
+ static char* mpLineBuffer;
+ static size_t mpLineBufferLen;
+
+ bool mFullRefreshPending;
+ bool mAdjustScrollPending;
+
+ wxFont mFont;
+
+ bool mScrollingOn; // default: TRUE
+ bool mCursorOn; // default: TRUE;
+
+ bool mLTMode; // line-tracking mode
+ // (when the whole line is coloured,
+ // instead of showing blinking cursor position)
+
+ wxColour mLTColour; // fill-colour for LT-mode
+
+ bool mDragStarted;
+ char* mpDraggedText;
+
+ bool mOwnsModel;
+
+ wxString mFragment; // reused heap-buffer
+ // for coloured fragments
+ SourcePainter* mpPainter;
+ PinPainterListT mPinPainters;
+ TTextIterator mCashedIter;
+
+ static TCursorTimer* mpTimer;
+
+public: /*** public properties ***/
+
+ int mLeftMargin; // default: 20
+ int mRightMargin; // default: 0
+ int mTopMargin; // default: 0
+ int mBottomMargin; // default: 0
+ int mMaxColumns; // default: 500
+
+ TPosition mPagePos;
+
+ // color-scheme properties
+
+ wxColour mNormalTextCol;
+ wxColour mIndentifierTextCol;
+ wxColour mReservedWordTextCol;
+ wxColour mCommentTextCol;
+
+ wxColour mNormalBkCol;
+ wxColour mSelectionFgCol;
+ wxColour mSelectionBkCol;
+
+ wxBrush mNormalBkBrush;
+ wxBrush mSelectedBkBrush;
+
+ // accessed by timer
+
+ TPosition mCursorScrPos;
+ wxSize mCharDim;
+
+protected:
+
+ char* GetLineBuffer( size_t len );
+
+ virtual void PaintDecorations( size_t fromRow, size_t tillRow, wxDC& dc, TTextIterator& iter );
+ virtual void PaintRows( size_t fromRow, size_t tillRow, wxDC& dc );
+
+ void ObtainFontProperties();
+
+ bool IsActiveView();
+ void SetTextDefaults();
+ void RecalcPagingInfo();
+
+ TPinPainterBase* FindPainterForPin( TPinBase& pin );
+
+public:
+ wxTextEditorView( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ wxTextEditorModel* pModel = NULL,
+ int wndStyle = wxSUNKEN_BORDER,
+ bool ownsModel = TRUE );
+ ~wxTextEditorView();
+
+ /*** setup methods ***/
+
+ void SetModel( wxTextEditorModel* pModel );
+
+ // sets custom syntax-higlighting implementation
+ void SetSourcePainter( SourcePainter* pPainter );
+ void AddPinPainter( TPinPainterBase* pPainter );
+
+ void SetDefaultFont( const wxFont& font );
+ wxFont& GetDefaultFont();
+
+ wxSize GetCharacterSize() { return mCharDim; }
+
+ size_t GetRowsPerPage() { return mRowsPerPage; }
+ void SetRowsPerPage( size_t n );
+ void SetMaxColumns( size_t n );
+
+ void SetLineTrackingMode( bool on, const wxColour& col = wxColour(255,255,0) );
+
+ void EnableCursor( bool enable );
+ void EnableScrollbars( bool enable );
+
+ void SetColours( const wxColour& normalBkCol,
+ const wxColour& selectedBkCol,
+ const wxColour& selectedTextCol );
+
+ void SetHeighlightingColours( const wxColour& normalTextCol,
+ const wxColour& identifierTextCol,
+ const wxColour& reservedWordTextCol,
+ const wxColour& commentTextCol );
+
+ void SetMargins( int top, int left, int bottom, int right );
+
+ // notifications from editor-model:
+
+ void OnModelChanged();
+ void ScrollView( int rows, int cols );
+
+ // accessors
+
+ void Activate();
+ void Deactivate();
+
+ // event handlers
+
+#if (( wxVERSION_NUMBER < 2100 ) || (( wxVERSION_NUMBER == 2100 ) && (wxBETA_NUMBER <= 4)))
+ void OnScroll( wxScrollEvent& event );
+#else
+ void OnScroll( wxScrollWinEvent& event );
+#endif
+ void OnPaint ( wxPaintEvent& event );
+ void OnSize ( wxSizeEvent& event );
+ void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event );
+
+ void OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnLButtonUp ( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnMotion ( wxMouseEvent& event );
+ void OnDblClick ( wxMouseEvent& event );
+
+ void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event );
+ void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent& event );
+
+ // requests editor to keep cursor blinking, even when
+ // the window has lost it's focus
+
+ void HoldCursor( bool hold );
+
+ // FOR NOW:: hard-coded key-bindings
+
+ void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event );
+ void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
+
+ // utilities
+
+ virtual void SyncViewPortPosition();
+ virtual void SyncScrollbars();
+ virtual void PositionCursor();
+
+ void TextPosToScreenPos( const TPosition& txtPos, TPosition& scrPos );
+ void ScreenPosToTextPos( const TPosition& scrPos, TPosition& txtPos );
+ void ScreenPosToPixels ( const TPosition& scrPos, int& x, int& y );
+ void PixelsToScrPos ( int x, int y, int& scrRow, int& scrCol );
+ void PixelsToTextPos ( int x, int y, TPosition& textPos );
+
+ bool IsClipboardCmd( wxKeyEvent& key );
+
+ TPosition GetPagePos() { return mPagePos; }
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+// TODO:: mutex class should be used to avoid race on updates
+
+class TCursorTimer : public wxTimer
+{
+protected:
+ wxTextEditorView* mpView;
+ volatile bool mIsLocked;
+ volatile bool mIsShown;
+ volatile bool mStarted;
+ wxBrush mBrush;
+ bool mMissOneTick;
+
+ int mBlinkInterval; // default: 500mills
+protected:
+
+ void DrawCursor();
+
+public:
+
+ TCursorTimer();
+
+ virtual void Notify();
+
+ void SetView( wxTextEditorView* pView );
+ wxTextEditorView* GetView();
+ void HideCursor( bool forceHide = FALSE );
+ void ShowCursor( bool forceShow = FALSE );
+
+ void SetIsShown( bool isShown );
+ void Lock();
+ void Unlock();
+};
+
+#endif // __TDEFS_G__
--- /dev/null
+from wxPython.wx import *
+from wxPython.lseditor import *
+
+class LSEditorFrame(wxFrame):
+ def __init__(self, parent, id, title, pos = wxDefaultPosition, size = wxSize(400,400)):
+ wxFrame.__init__(self, parent, id, title, pos, size)
+ self.editor = wxsLSEditorPlugin()
+ self.editor.Create(self, -1)
+ self.SetMenuBar(self.GetDefaultMenuBar())
+ self.CreateStatusBar()
+ self.SetDefaultEvents()
+ self.filename = ""
+ def GetDefaultMenuBar(self):
+ mbar = wxMenuBar()
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1500, "Open")
+ menu.Append(1501, "Save")
+ menu.Append(1502, "SaveAs")
+ menu.AppendSeparator()
+ menu.Append(1503, "Exit")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "File")
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1510, "Copy")
+ menu.Append(1511, "Cut")
+ menu.Append(1512, "Paste")
+ menu.AppendSeparator()
+ menu.Append(1513, "Delete")
+ menu.AppendSeparator()
+ menu.Append(1514, "Undo")
+ menu.Append(1515, "Redo")
+ menu.AppendSeparator()
+ menu.Append(1516, "Find...")
+ menu.Append(1517, "Find Next")
+ menu.Append(1518, "Find Previous")
+ menu.Append(1519, "Replace...")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "Edit")
+ menu = wxMenu()
+ menu.Append(1520, "Toggle")
+ menu.Append(1521, "Next")
+ menu.Append(1522, "Prev")
+ mbar.Append(menu, "Bookmarks")
+ return mbar
+ def SetDefaultEvents(self):
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1500, self.evt_OnOpen)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1501, self.evt_OnSave)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1502, self.evt_OnSaveAs)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1503, self.OnClose)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1510, self.evt_OnCopy)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1511, self.evt_OnCut)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1512, self.evt_OnPaste)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1513, self.evt_OnDelete)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1514, self.evt_OnUndo)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1515, self.evt_OnRedo)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1516, self.evt_OnFind)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1517, self.evt_OnFindNext)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1518, self.evt_OnFindPrevious)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1519, self.evt_OnReplace)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1520, self.evt_OnToggle)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1521, self.evt_OnNext)
+ EVT_MENU(self, 1522, self.evt_OnPrev)
+ #EVT_MENU(self, 15, self.evt_)
+ #EVT_MENU(self, 15, self.evt_)
+ def evt_OnOpen(self, event):
+ dlg = wxFileDialog(NULL, "Open file")
+ if dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK:
+ self.filename = dlg.GetPath()
+ self.editor.OnOpen(self.filename)
+ def evt_OnSaveAs(self, event):
+ dlg = wxFileDialog(NULL, "Save As", self.filename)
+ if dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK:
+ self.filename = dlg.GetPath()
+ self.editor.OnSave(self.filename)
+ def evt_OnSave(self, event):
+ if self.filename:
+ self.editor.OnSave(self.filename)
+ else:
+ self.evt_OnSaveAs(None)
+ def OnClose(self,event):
+ self.Destroy()
+ def evt_OnCopy(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnCopy()
+ def evt_OnCut(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnCut()
+ def evt_OnPaste(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnPaste()
+ def evt_OnDelete(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnDelete()
+ def evt_OnUndo(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnUndo()
+ def evt_OnRedo(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnRedo()
+ def evt_OnToggle(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnToggleBookmark()
+ def evt_OnNext(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnNextBookmark()
+ def evt_OnPrev(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnPreviousBookmark()
+ def evt_OnFind(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnFind()
+ def evt_OnFind(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnFind()
+ def evt_OnFindNext(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnFindNext()
+ def evt_OnFindPrevious(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnFindPrevious()
+ self.SetStatusText("OnFindPrevious: Not implemented")
+ def evt_OnReplace(self,event):
+ self.editor.OnReplace()
+ self.SetStatusText("OnReplace: Not implemented")
+
+class MyApp(wxApp):
+ def OnInit(self):
+ frame = LSEditorFrame(NULL, -1, "Editor")
+ frame.Show(TRUE)
+ return TRUE
+
+App = MyApp(0)
+App.MainLoop()
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 24/04/1999
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: GNU General Public License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifndef __WXSDEFS_G__
+#define __WXSDEFS_G__
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+
+#include "controlarea.h"
+
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+#include <vector>
+#include <map>
+//using std::map;
+//using std::vector;
+using namespace std;
+#else
+#include "wxstldefs.h" // imports predefine StrListT, IntListT containers
+#include "wxstlac.h"
+#endif
+class wxsProject;
+class wxsComponent;
+class wxsWorkplace;
+class wxsOpenedFileInfo;
+class wxsWorkplaceListener;
+class wxsSourceEditorPlugin;
+class wxsSourceInfoPlugin;
+class wxsAppListener;
+class wxsAppInterface;
+
+class wxFrame;
+
+typedef wxsWorkplaceListener* wxsWorkplaceListenerPtrT;
+
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+typedef vector<wxsWorkplaceListenerPtrT> wxsWorkplaceListenerListT;
+#else
+typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( wxsWorkplaceListenerPtrT ) wxsWorkplaceListenerListT;
+#endif
+
+// IDs for the controls and the menu commands
+enum
+{
+ // menu items
+ WXS_Quit = 3300, // FIXEM:: ids..
+ WXS_About,
+ WXS_Open,
+ WXS_Close,
+ WXS_OpenWorkplace,
+ WXS_Save,
+ WXS_SaveAs,
+ WXS_SaveAll,
+ WXS_CloseWorkplace,
+ WXS_SaveWorkplace,
+ WXS_NewProject,
+
+ WXS_ShowTips,
+
+ WXS_Undo = 9000,
+ WXS_NextWindow,
+ WXS_PreviousWindow,
+ WXS_CloseWindow,
+ WXS_ListWindows,
+ WXS_UpdateBrowser,
+ WXS_ToggleWorkplaceWindow,
+
+ WXS_InsertFiles,
+ WXS_Test,
+ WXS_Settings,
+
+ WXS_ClassView,
+ WXS_FileView,
+ WXS_GotoEditor,
+
+ WXS_Test1,
+ WXS_Test2,
+
+ // controls start here (the numbers are, of course, arbitrary)
+ WXS_Text = 1000,
+
+ ID_EDIT_UNDO,
+ ID_EDIT_REDO,
+ ID_EDIT_CUT,
+ ID_EDIT_COPY,
+ ID_EDIT_PASTE,
+ ID_EDIT_DELETE,
+ ID_EDIT_SELECT_ALL,
+ ID_EDIT_FIND,
+ ID_EDIT_FIND_NEXT,
+ ID_EDIT_REPLACE,
+ ID_EDIT_GOTO,
+ ID_EDIT_TOGGLE_BM,
+ ID_EDIT_NEXT_BM,
+ ID_EDIT_PREV_BM,
+ ID_EDIT_TOGGLE_BRKPNT,
+ ID_EDIT_BOOKMARKS,
+ ID_EDIT_SETFONT,
+ ID_LEFT_SASH,
+ ID_BOTTOM_SASH
+};
+
+// bitmaps/icons
+enum WXS_ICON_ENUM{
+ WXS_ICON_class = 1,
+ WXS_ICON_priv_mtd,
+ WXS_ICON_prot_mtd,
+ WXS_ICON_pub_mtd,
+ WXS_ICON_priv_mtd_def,
+ WXS_ICON_prot_mtd_def,
+ WXS_ICON_pub_mtd_def,
+ WXS_ICON_priv_var,
+ WXS_ICON_prot_var,
+ WXS_ICON_pub_var,
+ WXS_ICON_pub_pure_mtd,
+ WXS_ICON_file,
+ WXS_ICON_folder,
+ WXS_ICON_mru_folder,
+ WXS_ICON_class_gray,
+ WXS_ICON_file_gray,
+};
+
+
+typedef char* CharPtrT;
+
+struct UU_cmp
+{
+ inline int operator()(const CharPtrT x, const CharPtrT y ) const { return 0; }
+};
+
+typedef wxBitmap* wxBitmapPtrT;
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+typedef map<WXS_ICON_ENUM, wxBitmapPtrT> WXS_BitmapsMapT;
+#else
+typedef WXSTL_MAP( WXS_ICON_ENUM, wxBitmapPtrT,
+ LESS_THEN_FUNCTOR(WXS_ICON_ENUM) ) WXS_BitmapsMapT;
+#endif
+
+extern WXS_BitmapsMapT WXS_Bitmaps;
+#define WXS_ICON(name) (*WXS_Bitmaps[WXS_ICON_##name])
+
+
+// very general file categories
+
+enum WXS_FILE_CATEGORY
+{
+ WXS_UNKNOWN_FILE,
+ WXS_SOURCE_FILE,
+ WXS_RESOURCE_FILE,
+ WXS_DOCUMENTATION_FILE,
+ WXS_CONFIGURAITON_FILE
+};
+
+enum WXS_PLUGIN_TYPE
+{
+ WXS_UNKNOWN_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_EDITOR_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_CLASSINFO_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_CLASSBROWSER_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_FILEBROWSER_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_TOOL_PLUGIN,
+ WXS_OUTPUTTOOL_PLUGIN
+};
+
+
+
+class wxsAppListener
+{
+public:
+ virtual void OnWindowSwitched( wxWindow* fromWnd, wxWindow* toWnd ) {};
+ virtual bool OnCloseWindow( wxWindow* wnd ) { return TRUE; }
+ virtual void OnTabSwitched() {};
+ virtual void OnPageSwitched() {};
+};
+
+class wxsAppInterface
+{
+public:
+ virtual void SetAppListener(wxsAppListener* pLsn) = 0;
+
+ virtual void AddEditor(wxsSourceEditorPlugin* editor,wxString title,wxBitmap* pImage = NULL) = 0;
+ virtual void ActivateEditor( wxsSourceEditorPlugin* editor ) = 0;
+ virtual void CloseEditor( wxsSourceEditorPlugin* editor ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void ShowNextWindow() = 0;
+ virtual void ShowPreviousWindow() = 0;
+ virtual void CloseActiveWindow() = 0;
+ virtual void CloseWindow( wxWindow* wnd ) = 0;
+ virtual void ShowWindowList() = 0;
+ virtual wxWindow* GetActiveWindow() = 0;
+ virtual wxTabbedWindow* GetTabbedWindow() = 0;
+ virtual void AddTab(wxsComponent* pContent, wxString tabText, wxBitmap* pImage = NULL) = 0;
+ virtual void ShowNextTab() = 0;
+ virtual wxPaggedWindow* GetPaggedWindow() = 0;
+ virtual void AddPage(wxsComponent* pContent, wxString tabText, wxBitmap* pImage = NULL) = 0;
+ virtual void ShowNextPage() = 0;
+ virtual wxFrame* GetMainFrame() = 0;
+ virtual void SetStatusText( const string& text ) = 0;
+
+ static wxsAppInterface& GetInstance();
+
+protected:
+ static wxsAppInterface* mpInstance;
+ friend wxsAppInterface& wxsGetApp();
+};
+
+// short-cut for wxsAppInterface::GetInstance()
+
+wxsAppInterface& wxsGetApp();
+
+class wxsWorkplaceListener : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ virtual void OnSubprojectAdded( wxsProject& subPrj, wxsProject& toPrj ) {}
+ virtual void OnSubprojectRemoved( wxsProject& subPrj, wxsProject& fromPrj ) {}
+ virtual void OnProjectCreated( wxsProject& prj ) {}
+ virtual void OnRootProjectLoaded() {}
+ virtual void OnRootProjectClosed() {}
+ virtual void OnFilesAddedToProject( wxsProject& prj, StrListT& files, WXS_FILE_CATEGORY cat ) {}
+ virtual void OnFilesRemovedFromProject( wxsProject& prj, StrListT& files, WXS_FILE_CATEGORY cat ) {}
+
+ virtual void OnFileContentChanged( wxsProject& prj, const string& file, WXS_FILE_CATEGORY cat,
+ char* newContent, size_t len ) {}
+
+ virtual void OnFileOpened( wxsOpenedFileInfo& file ) {}
+};
+
+typedef wxsProject* wxsProjectPtrT;
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+typedef vector<wxsProjectPtrT> wxsProjectListT;
+#else
+typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( wxsProjectPtrT ) wxsProjectListT;
+#endif
+
+class wxsProject : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ // Basic project info
+ virtual void SetName(const string& name) = 0;
+ virtual void SetFileName(const string& fname) = 0;
+ virtual void SetDescription(const string& desc) = 0;
+ virtual void SetLanguage(const string& lang) = 0;
+ virtual string GetName() = 0;
+ virtual string GetFileName() = 0;
+ virtual string GetDescription() = 0;
+ virtual string GetLanguage() = 0;
+ // File manipulation
+ virtual bool AddFile( const string& file) = 0;
+ virtual bool RemoveFile ( const string& file ) = 0;
+ virtual StrListT GetFiles() = 0;
+ // Sub-Project manipulation
+ virtual void AddSubproject( wxsProject* subPrj) = 0;
+ virtual void RemoveSubproject( wxsProject* subPrj) = 0;
+ virtual wxsProjectListT& GetSubprojects() = 0;
+ // Transient information (parent only exists when loaded
+ virtual void SetParent( wxsProject* parentPrj) = 0;
+ virtual wxsProject* GetParent() = 0;
+ // configuration info storage
+ virtual string CreateConfig ( const string& file = "" ) = 0;
+ virtual bool SetCurrentConfig ( const string& configkey ) = 0;
+ virtual bool AddConfigValue( const string& key, string& value) = 0;
+ virtual bool SetConfigValue( const string& key, string& value) = 0;
+ virtual bool RemoveConfigValue( const string& key ) = 0;
+ virtual string GetConfigValue ( const string& key ) = 0;
+
+
+};
+
+class wxsOpenedFileInfo : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ string mFullName;
+ wxsProject* mpProject; // NULL, if file does not belong to any project
+ wxsSourceEditorPlugin* mpEditor;
+ WXS_FILE_CATEGORY mCategory;
+ bool mIsSaved;
+
+public:
+ wxsOpenedFileInfo() : mIsSaved( TRUE ), mpProject( NULL ) {}
+
+ wxsProject* GetProject() { return mpProject; }
+ const string& GetFullName() { return mFullName; }
+ wxsSourceEditorPlugin& GetEditor() { return *mpEditor; }
+ WXS_FILE_CATEGORY GetCategory() { return mCategory; }
+};
+
+typedef wxsOpenedFileInfo* wxsOpenedFileInfoPtrT;
+#ifdef wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL
+typedef vector<wxsOpenedFileInfoPtrT> wxsOpenedFileInfoListT;
+#else
+typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY( wxsOpenedFileInfoPtrT ) wxsOpenedFileInfoListT;
+#endif
+
+// abstract interface
+
+class wxsWorkplace : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ virtual void CreateProject( const string& name, const string& projectFile, const wxsProject* parent=NULL) = 0;
+
+ virtual void LoadRootProject( const string& projectFile ) = 0;
+ virtual void SaveProject( wxsProject& prj ) = 0;
+ virtual void CloseRootProject() = 0;
+
+ virtual wxsProject& GetRootProject() = 0;
+ virtual wxsProject* FindProjectByName( const string& name ) = 0;
+ virtual wxsOpenedFileInfo* FindFileByEditor( wxsSourceEditorPlugin& editor ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void AddWorkpalceListener( wxsWorkplaceListener* pListener ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void AddSubproject( wxsProject& intoPrj,const string& projectFile ) = 0;
+ virtual void RemoveSubproject( wxsProject& prj ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void AddFilesToProject( wxsProject& prj, StrListT& files ) = 0;
+ virtual void RemoveFilesFromProject( wxsProject& prj, StrListT& files ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void NotifyFileContentChanged( wxsProject& prj, const string& file,
+ char* newContent, size_t len ) = 0;
+
+ virtual void NotifyFileContentChanged( wxsOpenedFileInfo& info ) = 0;
+ virtual void NotifyEditorDeactivated( wxsSourceEditorPlugin& editor ) = 0;
+
+ // if pPrj is NULL, the specified file does not belong to any projects,
+ // i.e. it blongs to the workplace
+
+ virtual wxsOpenedFileInfo*
+ OpenFileInEditor( const string& file, wxsProject* pPrj = NULL,
+ int line = -1, int column = -1) = 0;
+
+ virtual void GetCurrentFileContent( wxsProject& prj, const string& file,
+ char** buf, size_t& len
+ ) = 0;
+
+ // returns FALSE, if source was already up-to-date
+ virtual bool SyncSourceInfo() = 0;
+
+ virtual wxsProject* FindSubproject( wxsProject& parentPrj, const string& prjName ) = 0;
+ virtual wxsOpenedFileInfo* FindOpenedFile( const string& name ) = 0;
+ virtual bool FileIsOpened( wxsProject& prj, const string& file ) = 0;
+ virtual wxsSourceEditorPlugin* GetSourceEditor( wxsProject& prj, const string& file ) = 0;
+ virtual wxsSourceInfoPlugin* GetSourceInfoPlugin() = 0;
+
+ static wxsWorkplace& GetInstance() { return *wxsWorkplace::mpInstance; }
+
+ virtual wxsOpenedFileInfoListT& GetOpenedFiles() = 0;
+ virtual wxsOpenedFileInfo* GetActiveFile() = 0;
+
+ virtual void SaveFile( wxsOpenedFileInfo& info ) = 0;
+ virtual void SaveAllFiles() = 0;
+
+ virtual bool CloseFile( wxsOpenedFileInfo& info, bool closeWindow = TRUE ) = 0;
+ virtual bool CloseAllFiles() = 0;
+
+ virtual bool CloseInProgress() = 0;
+
+ virtual WXS_FILE_CATEGORY GetFileCategory( const string& file ) = 0;
+
+protected:
+ static wxsWorkplace* mpInstance;
+ friend wxsWorkplace& wxsGetWorkplace();
+};
+
+// short-cut for wxsWorkplace::GetInstance()
+
+wxsWorkplace& wxsGetWorkplace();
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 27/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __WXSTLAC_G__
+#define __WXSTLAC_G__
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <memory.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <new>
+
+
+// the below macro used internally (see actual interface after this macro)
+
+// arguments:
+//
+// ARG_IS_UNIQUE
+// ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME
+//
+// ARG_VALUE_TYPE
+// ARG_KEY_TYPE
+// ARG_ACTUAL_VALUE_TYPE
+//
+// _KEY_NAME
+// _VALUE_NAME
+//
+// _X_KEY_NAME
+// _X_VALUE_NAME
+//
+// _INSERT_METHOD_DEFINITION
+
+#define __DEFINE_ASOC_CLASS( ARG_IS_UNIQUE, \
+FUNCTOR,\
+ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME, \
+ARG_VALUE_TYPE, \
+ARG_KEY_TYPE, \
+ARG_ACTUAL_VALUE_TYPE, \
+_KEY_NAME, \
+_VALUE_NAME, \
+_X_KEY_NAME, \
+_X_VALUE_NAME, \
+_INSERT_METHOD_DEFINITION \
+) class \
+ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME\
+{\
+protected:\
+\
+public:\
+ typedef ARG_VALUE_TYPE value_type;\
+ typedef ARG_KEY_TYPE key_type;\
+ typedef ARG_ACTUAL_VALUE_TYPE actual_value_type;\
+\
+ typedef value_type* pointer;\
+ typedef value_type& reference;\
+\
+ typedef const value_type& const_reference;\
+\
+ typedef FUNCTOR key_compare;\
+ typedef key_compare Compare;\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ struct tree_node \
+ {\
+ tree_node* mpParent;\
+ tree_node* mpLeft;\
+ tree_node* mpRight;\
+\
+ value_type mData;\
+ };\
+\
+ typedef tree_node* node_ref_type;\
+\
+ node_ref_type mpRoot;\
+ node_ref_type mpLeftMost;\
+ node_ref_type mpRightMost;\
+\
+ node_ref_type mpFreeListHead;\
+ int mKeyIsUnique;\
+\
+ key_compare mCmpFunctorObj;\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ static inline node_ref_type next( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode->mpRight ) \
+ {\
+ pNode = pNode->mpRight;\
+\
+ while ( pNode->mpLeft ) pNode = pNode->mpLeft;\
+\
+ return pNode;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ if ( pNode->mpParent )\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode == pNode->mpParent->mpLeft )\
+\
+ return pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ pNode = pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ node_ref_type prevNode = pNode;\
+ pNode = pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ while(pNode)\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode->mpRight &&\
+ pNode->mpRight != prevNode\
+ ) return pNode;\
+\
+ prevNode = pNode;\
+ pNode= pNode->mpParent;\
+ }\
+\
+ return 0;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ return 0;\
+ }\
+\
+ static inline node_ref_type prev( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode->mpLeft ) \
+ {\
+ pNode = pNode->mpLeft;\
+\
+ while ( pNode->mpRight ) pNode = pNode->mpRight;\
+\
+ return pNode;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ if ( pNode->mpParent )\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode == pNode->mpParent->mpRight )\
+ return pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ pNode = pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ node_ref_type prevNode = pNode;\
+ pNode = pNode->mpParent;\
+\
+ while(pNode)\
+ {\
+ if ( pNode->mpLeft &&\
+ pNode->mpLeft != prevNode\
+ ) return pNode;\
+\
+ prevNode = pNode;\
+ pNode= pNode->mpParent;\
+ }\
+\
+ return 0;\
+ }\
+ else \
+ return 0;\
+ }\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ inline int are_equel( const key_type& x, const key_type& y ) const\
+ {\
+ mCmpFunctorObj(x,y);\
+ return ( !mCmpFunctorObj(x,y) && !mCmpFunctorObj(y,x) );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline int is_less( const key_type& x, const key_type& y ) const\
+ {\
+ return mCmpFunctorObj(x,y);\
+ }\
+\
+ static inline const actual_value_type& value( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ return pNode->_VALUE_NAME;\
+ }\
+\
+ static inline const key_type& key( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ return pNode->_KEY_NAME;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline node_ref_type AllocNode() \
+ { \
+ if ( mpFreeListHead ) \
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pFreeNode = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = mpFreeListHead->mpLeft;\
+\
+ return pFreeNode;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ {\
+ char* pHeapBlock = new char[sizeof(tree_node)];\
+\
+ return (node_ref_type)pHeapBlock;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void DestroyFreeList()\
+ {\
+ while ( mpFreeListHead )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type tmp = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = mpFreeListHead->mpLeft;\
+\
+ delete [](char*)tmp;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void RecycleNode( node_ref_type pNode ) \
+ {\
+ pNode->mpLeft = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = pNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline node_ref_type do_insert(const value_type& x = value_type() )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pNewNode = AllocNode();\
+\
+ pNewNode->mpParent = \
+ pNewNode->mpLeft =\
+ pNewNode->mpRight = 0;\
+\
+ node_ref_type pCurrent = mpRoot;\
+ node_ref_type pParent = 0;\
+ \
+ while (pCurrent) \
+ {\
+ if ( mKeyIsUnique && are_equel( _X_KEY_NAME, key(pCurrent) ) )\
+ {\
+ RecycleNode(pNewNode);\
+ return 0;\
+ }\
+\
+ pParent = pCurrent;\
+\
+ pCurrent = is_less( _X_KEY_NAME, key(pCurrent) ) \
+ ? pCurrent->mpLeft \
+ : pCurrent->mpRight;\
+ }\
+ \
+ pNewNode->mpParent = pParent;\
+\
+ if(pParent)\
+\
+ if( is_less(_X_KEY_NAME, key(pParent) ) )\
+ \
+ pParent->mpLeft = pNewNode;\
+ else\
+ pParent->mpRight = pNewNode;\
+ else\
+ mpRoot = pNewNode;\
+\
+ new ( &pNewNode->_KEY_NAME ) key_type(_X_KEY_NAME);\
+ new ( &pNewNode->_VALUE_NAME ) actual_value_type(_X_VALUE_NAME);\
+\
+ if ( prev(pNewNode) == 0 ) mpLeftMost = pNewNode;\
+ if ( next(pNewNode) == 0 ) mpRightMost = pNewNode;\
+\
+ return pNewNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ friend class iterator;\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ class iterator;\
+ class const_iterator;\
+\
+ class iterator \
+ {\
+ public:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class CONT_CLASS_NAME;\
+ friend class const_iterator;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ inline iterator( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+ inline iterator() {}\
+ inline int operator==( const iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ inline int operator!=( const iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+ inline iterator( const iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const iterator& operator=( const iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::prev(mpNode);\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::prev(mpNode);\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const iterator& operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::next(mpNode);\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::next(mpNode);\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+\
+ class const_iterator \
+ {\
+ public:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class CONT_CLASS_NAME;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ inline const_iterator( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+ inline const_iterator() {}\
+\
+ inline int operator==( const const_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ inline int operator!=( const const_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator( const iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator( const const_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_iterator& operator=( const const_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::prev(mpNode);\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ const_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::prev(mpNode);\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_iterator& operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::next(mpNode);\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ const_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME::next(mpNode);\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ inline ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME( key_compare cmpFunctorObj = key_compare(),\
+ int keyIsUnique = ARG_IS_UNIQUE )\
+ : mpFreeListHead( 0 ),\
+ mKeyIsUnique( keyIsUnique ),\
+ mCmpFunctorObj( cmpFunctorObj )\
+ {\
+ mpLeftMost = 0;\
+ mpRightMost = 0;\
+ mpRoot = 0;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline ~ASSOC_CONT_CLASS_NAME() \
+ { \
+ erase( begin(), end() ); \
+\
+ DestroyFreeList();\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator begin() { return mpLeftMost; }\
+ inline iterator end() { return 0; }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator begin() const { return mpLeftMost; }\
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return 0; }\
+\
+ inline iterator lower_bound( const key_type& x )\
+ { \
+ node_ref_type pCurrent = mpRoot;\
+ \
+ while( pCurrent )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pParent = pCurrent;\
+\
+ if( are_equel( x, key(pCurrent) ) )\
+ \
+ return (pCurrent);\
+ else\
+ pCurrent = is_less( x, key(pCurrent) ) \
+ ? pCurrent->mpLeft \
+ : pCurrent->mpRight;\
+\
+ if ( !pCurrent ) return (pParent);\
+ }\
+\
+ return begin();\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator lower_bound( const key_type& x ) const\
+\
+ { return const_iterator( lower_bound(x).mpNode ); }\
+\
+ inline iterator upper_bound( const key_type& x )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pCurrent = mpRoot;\
+ \
+ while( pCurrent )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pParent = pCurrent;\
+\
+ if( are_equel( x, key(pCurrent) ) )\
+ \
+ return (pCurrent);\
+ else\
+ pCurrent = is_less( x, key(pCurrent) ) \
+ ? pCurrent->mpLeft \
+ : pCurrent->mpRight;\
+\
+ if ( !pCurrent ) return next(pParent);\
+ }\
+\
+ return end();\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator find( const key_type& x ) const\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pCurrent = mpRoot;\
+ \
+ while( pCurrent )\
+ {\
+ if( are_equel( x, key(pCurrent) ) )\
+ \
+ return (pCurrent);\
+ else\
+ pCurrent = is_less( x, key(pCurrent) ) \
+ ? pCurrent->mpLeft \
+ : pCurrent->mpRight;\
+ }\
+\
+ return iterator(0);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline actual_value_type& operator[]( const key_type x ) const\
+\
+ { return find(x).mpNode->_VALUE_NAME; }\
+\
+ inline void erase(iterator first, iterator last)\
+ {\
+ if ( first.mpNode == 0 ) return;\
+\
+ while( first != last ) \
+ {\
+ iterator next = first;\
+ ++next;\
+ erase( first );\
+ first = next;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void erase(iterator position)\
+ {\
+ if ( position.mpNode == 0 ) return;\
+\
+ node_ref_type pZ = position.mpNode;\
+ node_ref_type pX, pY;\
+\
+ if ( pZ == mpLeftMost ) mpLeftMost = next(pZ);\
+ if ( pZ == mpRightMost ) mpRightMost = prev( pZ );\
+\
+ if ( !pZ->mpLeft || !pZ->mpRight )\
+ \
+ pY = pZ;\
+ else \
+ {\
+ pY = pZ->mpRight;\
+ \
+ while (pY->mpLeft) \
+ \
+ pY = pY->mpLeft;\
+ }\
+ \
+ if ( pY->mpLeft)\
+ \
+ pX = pY->mpLeft;\
+ else\
+ pX = pY->mpRight;\
+ \
+ if ( pX ) pX->mpParent = pY->mpParent;\
+ \
+ if (pY->mpParent)\
+ \
+ if (pY == pY->mpParent->mpLeft )\
+ \
+ pY->mpParent->mpLeft = pX;\
+ else\
+ pY->mpParent->mpRight = pX;\
+ else\
+ mpRoot = pX;\
+ \
+ node_ref_type toRemove = 0;\
+ \
+ if (pY != pZ) {\
+ \
+ pY->mpLeft = pZ->mpLeft;\
+ \
+ if (pY->mpLeft) pY->mpLeft->mpParent = pY;\
+ \
+ pY->mpRight = pZ->mpRight;\
+ \
+ if ( pY->mpRight ) \
+ \
+ pY->mpRight->mpParent = pY;\
+ \
+ pY->mpParent = pZ->mpParent;\
+ \
+ if (pZ->mpParent)\
+ \
+ if (pZ == pZ->mpParent->mpLeft)\
+ \
+ pZ->mpParent->mpLeft = pY;\
+ else\
+ pZ->mpParent->mpRight = pY;\
+ else\
+ mpRoot = pY;\
+ \
+ toRemove = pZ;\
+ } \
+ else \
+ toRemove = pY;\
+ \
+\
+ RecycleNode( toRemove );\
+ }\
+\
+ _INSERT_METHOD_DEFINITION\
+}
+
+// do not undefine ___WXSTL_COMMA, where associated containers are defined!
+// (it is used as workaround for constraints of C-Preprocessor's nested macros)
+
+#define ___WXSTL_COMMA ,
+
+#define __DEFINE_MAP(ARG_IS_UNIQUE, KEY_TYPE, VAL_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_ASOC_CLASS( ARG_IS_UNIQUE,\
+FUNCTOR,\
+__WXSTLMAP_##KEY_TYPE##VAL_TYPE##ARG_IS_UNIQUE, \
+struct key_value_pair { KEY_TYPE first ; \
+ VAL_TYPE second;\
+ key_value_pair() {}\
+ key_value_pair( const KEY_TYPE& key ___WXSTL_COMMA const VAL_TYPE& value ) \
+ : first(key) ___WXSTL_COMMA second( value ) {} \
+ } , \
+KEY_TYPE,\
+VAL_TYPE,\
+mData.first, mData.second, x.first, x.second, \
+struct insert_result_iterator\
+{\
+ iterator first;\
+ int second;\
+};\
+inline insert_result_iterator insert( const value_type& x )\
+{\
+ insert_result_iterator result;\
+\
+ result.first = do_insert(x);\
+ result.second = ( result.first == end() ) ? 0 : 1;\
+\
+ return result;\
+} )
+
+#define __DEFINE_SET(ARG_IS_UNIQUE, KEY_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_ASOC_CLASS( ARG_IS_UNIQUE,\
+FUNCTOR,\
+__WXSTLSET_##TYPE##ARG_IS_UNIQUE, \
+KEY_TYPE,\
+KEY_TYPE,\
+KEY_TYPE,\
+mData, mData, x, x, \
+struct insert_result_iterator\
+{\
+ iterator first;\
+ int second;\
+};\
+inline insert_result_iterator insert( const value_type& x )\
+{\
+ insert_result_iterator result;\
+\
+ result.first = do_insert(x);\
+ result.second = ( result.first == end() ) ? 0 : 1;\
+\
+ return result;\
+} )
+
+// helper macros to create functor objects for associative containers of the given type
+
+#define LESS_THEN_FUNCTOR(TYPE) struct \
+{ inline int operator()(const TYPE& x, const TYPE& y ) const { return x < y; } }
+
+#define GREATER_THEN_FUNCTOR(TYPE) struct \
+{ inline int operator()(const TYPE& x, const TYPE& y ) const { return x > y; } }
+
+// functor argument should be created using the two above macros
+// or passing own class with method "operator()(const TYPE&,cosnt TYPE&)" defined in it
+
+#define WXSTL_MAP( KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_MAP( 1 ,KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, FUNCTOR)
+#define WXSTL_MULTIMAP( KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_MAP( 0 ,KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, FUNCTOR)
+#define WXSTL_SET( KEY_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_SET( 1 ,KEY_TYPE, FUNCTOR )
+#define WXSTL_MULTISET( KEY_TYPE, FUNCTOR ) __DEFINE_SET( 0 ,KEY_TYPE, FUNCTOR )
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef __WXSTLDEFS_G__
+#define __WXSTLDEFS_G__
+
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+// defines some very commonly used container types
+// for both template and macro-based configurations
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+
+ #include <vector>
+ using namespace std;
+ #ifdef WIN32xxx
+ #include <bstring.h>
+ #else
+
+ //#include <strclass.h>
+ //#include <string.h>
+ // For now
+ #include "wx/string.h"
+ #define string wxString
+
+ #endif
+
+#else
+
+ #include "wx/string.h"
+ #include "wxstlvec.h"
+
+ // FOR NOW:: quick n' dirty:
+
+ #define string wxString
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined( wxUSE_TEMPLATE_STL )
+
+ typedef vector<string> StrListT;
+ typedef vector<int> IntListT;
+
+#else
+
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR(string) StrListT;
+ typedef WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY(int) IntListT;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 27/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __WXSTLLST_G__
+#define __WXSTLLST_G__
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <memory.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <new>
+
+// VERSION:: 0.2 (copy-constructor/adign-op added)
+
+// FOR NOW:: class-member operators "new" and "delete"
+// are ignored by list class, memory allocated
+// and freed using global operators
+
+typedef int Type;
+
+
+// the below macro used internally (see actual interface after this macro)
+
+#define __DEFINE_STL_LIST(listClass,Type) class \
+ listClass \
+{\
+public:\
+\
+ typedef Type value_type;\
+ typedef value_type* pointer;\
+ typedef const value_type* const_pointer;\
+ typedef value_type& reference;\
+ typedef const value_type& const_reference;\
+ typedef size_t size_type;\
+ typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;\
+\
+protected:\
+ struct list_node\
+ {\
+ list_node* mpNext;\
+ list_node* mpPrev;\
+ value_type mData;\
+ };\
+\
+ typedef list_node* node_ref_type;\
+\
+ node_ref_type mpFreeListHead;\
+ node_ref_type mpTerminator;\
+ size_type mSize;\
+\
+ inline node_ref_type AllocNode() \
+ { \
+ if ( mpFreeListHead ) \
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pFreeNode = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = mpFreeListHead->mpPrev;\
+\
+ return pFreeNode;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ {\
+ char* pHeapBlock = new char[sizeof(list_node)];\
+\
+ return (node_ref_type)pHeapBlock;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void DestroyFreeList()\
+ {\
+ while ( mpFreeListHead )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type tmp = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = mpFreeListHead->mpPrev;\
+\
+ delete [](char*)tmp;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void RecycleNode( node_ref_type pNode ) \
+ {\
+ pNode->mpPrev = mpFreeListHead;\
+ mpFreeListHead = pNode;\
+ }\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ class iterator \
+ {\
+ public:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class listClass;\
+ friend class const_iterator;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ protected:\
+ iterator( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+ iterator() {}\
+ int operator==( const iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ int operator!=( const iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+ inline iterator( const iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const iterator& operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+\
+ class const_iterator \
+ {\
+ protected:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class listClass;\
+\
+ protected:\
+ const_iterator( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+ \
+ const_iterator() {}\
+ int operator==( const const_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ int operator!=( const const_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+\
+ inline const_iterator( const iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ const_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_iterator& operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ const_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+ typedef iterator OutputIterator;\
+ typedef const_iterator InputIterator;\
+\
+ class reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ public:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class listClass;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ protected:\
+ reverse_iterator ( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+\
+ reverse_iterator() {}\
+ int operator==( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ int operator!=( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator & operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+\
+ class const_reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ protected:\
+ node_ref_type mpNode;\
+ friend class listClass;\
+\
+ protected:\
+ const_reverse_iterator( node_ref_type pNode )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = pNode;\
+ }\
+ \
+ public:\
+\
+ const_reverse_iterator() {}\
+ int operator==( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode == rhs.mpNode); }\
+ int operator!=( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpNode != rhs.mpNode); }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpNode = other.mpNode;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpNext;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator& operator++() \
+ {\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ mpNode = mpNode->mpPrev;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return mpNode->mData; }\
+ };\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ inline listClass()\
+ : mpFreeListHead( 0 ),\
+ mSize(0)\
+ {\
+ mpTerminator = AllocNode();\
+ mpTerminator->mpPrev = mpTerminator->mpNext = mpTerminator;\
+ }\
+\
+ listClass( const listClass& other )\
+ {\
+ mpTerminator = AllocNode();\
+ mpTerminator->mpPrev = mpTerminator->mpNext = mpTerminator;\
+\
+ for( listClass::const_iterator i = other.begin(); i != other.end(); ++i )\
+\
+ push_back( (*i) );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const listClass& operator=( const listClass& rhs ) \
+ {\
+ erase( begin(), end() );\
+\
+ for( listClass::const_iterator i = rhs.begin(); i != rhs.end(); ++i )\
+\
+ push_back( (*i) );\
+\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline listClass(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)\
+ : mpFreeListHead( 0 ),\
+ mSize(0)\
+ \
+ { while( first != last ) push_back( *first++ ); }\
+\
+ inline listClass( size_type n, const value_type& value = value_type() )\
+ \
+ { for( size_t i = 0; i != n; ++n ) push_back( value ); }\
+\
+ inline ~listClass() \
+ { \
+ erase( begin(), end() ); \
+\
+ RecycleNode( mpTerminator );\
+ DestroyFreeList();\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator begin() { return iterator(mpTerminator->mpNext); }\
+ \
+ inline const_iterator begin() const \
+ { return const_iterator(mpTerminator->mpNext); }\
+ \
+ inline iterator end() { return iterator(mpTerminator); }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(mpTerminator); }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator rbegin() \
+ { return reverse_iterator(mpTerminator->mpPrev); }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator rend() \
+ { return reverse_iterator(mpTerminator); }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const\
+ { return const_reverse_iterator(mpTerminator->mpPrev); }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator rend() const\
+ { return const_reverse_iterator(mpTerminator); }\
+\
+ inline int empty() const { return (mSize == 0); }\
+\
+ inline size_type size() const { return mSize; }\
+\
+ inline size_type max_size() const { return UINT_MAX/sizeof(list_node); }\
+\
+ inline reference front() { return mpTerminator->mData; }\
+\
+ inline const_reference front() const { return mpTerminator->mData; }\
+\
+ inline reference back() { return mpTerminator->mpPrev->mData; }\
+\
+ inline const_reference back() const { return mpTerminator->mpPrev->mData; }\
+\
+ inline void push_front(const value_type& x) { insert( begin(), x ); }\
+\
+ inline void push_back(const value_type& x) { insert( end(), x ); }\
+\
+ iterator insert(iterator position, const value_type& x = value_type())\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type pNew = AllocNode();\
+\
+ node_ref_type pos = *((node_ref_type*)&position);\
+\
+ pNew->mpNext = pos;\
+ pNew->mpPrev = pos->mpPrev;\
+ pos->mpPrev->mpNext = pNew;\
+ pos->mpPrev = pNew;\
+\
+ new (&pNew->mData) value_type(x);\
+\
+ ++mSize;\
+\
+ return iterator(pNew);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void insert(iterator position, const_iterator first, const_iterator last )\
+ {\
+ while( first != last ) insert( position, *first++ );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void splice( iterator position, listClass& other )\
+ {\
+ if ( other.begin() == other.end() ) return;\
+\
+ node_ref_type pTill = other.mpTerminator->mpPrev;\
+ node_ref_type pFrom = other.begin().mpNode;\
+\
+ mpTerminator->mpPrev->mpNext = pFrom;\
+ pFrom->mpPrev = mpTerminator->mpPrev->mpNext;\
+\
+ pTill->mpNext = mpTerminator;\
+ mpTerminator->mpPrev = pTill;\
+\
+ other.mpTerminator->mpNext = \
+ other.mpTerminator->mpPrev = other.mpTerminator;\
+\
+ mSize += other.mSize;\
+ other.mSize = 0;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void splice( iterator position, listClass& other, iterator first, iterator last )\
+ {\
+ if ( first == last ) return;\
+\
+ size_type sz = 0;\
+ iterator tmp = first;\
+ while( tmp != last ) \
+ {\
+ ++tmp;\
+ ++sz;\
+ }\
+\
+ mSize += sz;\
+ other.mSize -= sz;\
+\
+ node_ref_type pPos = position.mpNode;\
+ node_ref_type pFirst = first.mpNode;\
+ node_ref_type pLast = last.mpNode;\
+ node_ref_type pTill = last.mpNode->mpPrev;\
+\
+ pPos->mpPrev->mpNext = pFirst;\
+ pPos->mpPrev = pTill;\
+\
+ pFirst->mpPrev->mpNext = last.mpNode;\
+ pLast->mpPrev = pTill;\
+\
+ pFirst->mpPrev = pPos->mpPrev;\
+ pTill->mpNext = pPos;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void pop_front() { erase( begin() ); }\
+ inline void pop_back() { erase( --end() ); }\
+ \
+ inline void erase(iterator position)\
+ {\
+ erase( position, ++position );\
+ }\
+ \
+ inline void erase(iterator first, iterator last)\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type firstNode = *((node_ref_type*)&first);\
+ node_ref_type lastNode = *((node_ref_type*)&last);\
+\
+ firstNode->mpPrev->mpNext = lastNode;\
+ lastNode->mpPrev = firstNode->mpPrev;\
+\
+ while( firstNode != lastNode )\
+ {\
+ node_ref_type next = firstNode->mpNext;\
+\
+ typedef value_type value_type_local;\
+ firstNode->mData.value_type_local::~value_type_local();\
+\
+ RecycleNode( firstNode );\
+\
+ firstNode = next;\
+\
+ --mSize;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void remove(const value_type& value)\
+ {\
+ for( iterator i = begin(); i != end(); ++i )\
+ \
+ if ( (*i) == value ) \
+ {\
+ erase( i ); break;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ void sort()\
+ {\
+ if ( mSize < 2 ) return;\
+\
+ iterator from = begin();\
+ iterator other_end = end();\
+ --other_end;\
+\
+ for( size_type i = 0; i != mSize; ++i )\
+ {\
+ size_type nSwaps = 0;\
+\
+ iterator next = begin();\
+ ++next;\
+\
+ for( iterator j = begin(); j != other_end; ++j )\
+ {\
+\
+ if ( (*next) < (*j) )\
+ {\
+ value_type tmp = (*j);\
+ (*j) = (*next);\
+ (*next) = tmp;\
+\
+ ++nSwaps;\
+ }\
+\
+ ++next;\
+ }\
+\
+ if ( !nSwaps) break;\
+\
+ --other_end;\
+ }\
+ }\
+}
+
+// defines list class with the given element type
+#define WXSTL_LIST(ELEMENT_CLASS) __DEFINE_STL_LIST(\
+\
+_WXSTL_LIST_##ELEMENT_CLASS, ELEMENT_CLASS )
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: No names yet.
+// Purpose: Contrib. demo
+// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 27/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Aleskandars Gluchovas
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __WXSTLVEC_G__
+#define __WXSTLVEC_G__
+
+#include <memory.h>
+#include <string.h> // imports memmove()
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <new>
+
+// the below macro used internally (see actual interface after this macro)
+
+#define __DEFINE_STL_VECTOR_DEEP( vectorClass, Type ) class vectorClass {\
+\
+public:\
+ typedef Type value_type;\
+ typedef value_type* iterator;\
+ typedef const value_type* const_iterator;\
+ typedef iterator pointer;\
+ typedef const iterator const_pointer;\
+ typedef value_type& reference;\
+ typedef const value_type& const_reference;\
+ typedef size_t size_type;\
+ typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;\
+\
+ typedef iterator OutputIterator;\
+ typedef const_iterator InputIterator;\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ inline void PlacementCopy( const_iterator first, const_iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ while ( first != last ) \
+ new (result++) value_type(*first++);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void ConstructObjects( iterator first, iterator last, const value_type& pattern )\
+ {\
+ while( first != last ) \
+ new (first++) value_type(pattern);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void CopyObjects( iterator first, iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ while( first != last ) \
+ *result++ = *first++;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void CopyObjectsBack( iterator first, iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ result += difference_type(last,first);\
+\
+ while( first != last ) \
+ *(--result) = *(--last);\
+ }\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ class reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ friend class vectorClass;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ public:\
+ iterator mpPos;\
+\
+ public:\
+\
+ reverse_iterator() {}\
+\
+ reverse_iterator ( iterator pPos )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = pPos;\
+ }\
+ \
+ int operator==( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos == rhs.mpPos); }\
+ int operator!=( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos != rhs.mpPos); }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = other.mpPos;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator & operator++() \
+ {\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return *mpPos; }\
+ };\
+\
+\
+ class const_reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ protected:\
+ iterator mpPos;\
+ public:\
+\
+ const_reverse_iterator() {}\
+\
+ const_reverse_iterator( const iterator pPos )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = pPos;\
+ }\
+ \
+ int operator==( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos == rhs.mpPos); }\
+ int operator!=( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos != rhs.mpPos); }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = other.mpPos;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator & operator++() \
+ {\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return *mpPos; }\
+ };\
+\
+protected:\
+ \
+ pointer mpStart;\
+ pointer mpEnd;\
+ pointer mpEndOfBuf;\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ inline void quick_sort(int low, int hi) \
+ {\
+ int pivot_index;\
+ int left, right;\
+\
+ pivot_index = ( !(mpStart[low] < mpStart[low+1])) ? low : (low+1);\
+ value_type pivot_value = mpStart[pivot_index];\
+\
+ left = low; right = hi;\
+ do \
+ {\
+ while ((left <= hi) && (mpStart[left] < pivot_value)) left++;\
+\
+ while ((right >= low) && (pivot_value < mpStart[right])) right--;\
+\
+ if (left <= right) \
+ {\
+ value_type tmp = mpStart[left];\
+ mpStart[left] = mpStart[right];\
+ mpStart[right] = tmp;\
+\
+ left++;\
+ right--;\
+ }\
+ \
+ } while (left <= right);\
+ if (low < right) quick_sort(low, right);\
+ if (left < hi) quick_sort(left, hi);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void DestructRange( iterator first, iterator last )\
+ {\
+ typedef value_type value_type_local;\
+\
+ while ( first != last ) \
+ {\
+ first->value_type_local::~value_type_local();\
+ ++first;\
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator DoInsert(iterator position, const value_type& x)\
+ {\
+ if ( mpEnd < mpEndOfBuf )\
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(*(mpEnd-1) );\
+ \
+ CopyObjectsBack( position, mpEnd, position + 1 );\
+ \
+ *position = x;\
+ \
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ \
+ return position;\
+ }\
+ \
+ size_type minBufLen = WXSTL_VECTOR_MIN_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(value_type);\
+ \
+ size_type doubledSize = size()*2;\
+ \
+ size_type newLen = ( doubledSize < minBufLen ) ? minBufLen : doubledSize;\
+ \
+ iterator pNewStart = (iterator)( new char[newLen*sizeof(value_type)] );\
+ \
+ PlacementCopy( mpStart, position, pNewStart );\
+ \
+ iterator atPosition = pNewStart + difference_type( position - mpStart );\
+ \
+ new (atPosition) value_type(x);\
+ \
+ iterator newPos = atPosition;\
+ \
+ ++atPosition;\
+ \
+ if ( mpStart ) \
+ {\
+ PlacementCopy( position, mpEnd, atPosition );\
+ DestructRange( mpStart, mpEnd );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart;\
+ }\
+ \
+ mpEnd = atPosition + difference_type( mpEnd - position );\
+ \
+ mpStart = pNewStart;\
+ mpEndOfBuf = pNewStart + newLen;\
+ \
+ return newPos;\
+ }\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ inline vectorClass() : mpStart(0), \
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ {}\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( const_iterator first, const_iterator last )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ \
+ { while( first != last ) push_back( *first++ ); }\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( size_type n, const value_type& value = value_type() )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ \
+ { for( size_type i = 0; i != n; ++i ) push_back( value ); }\
+\
+ inline int operator==( const vectorClass& other )\
+ {\
+ size_type sz = size();\
+\
+ if ( sz != other.size() ) return 0;\
+\
+ for( size_type i = 0; i != sz; ++i )\
+\
+ if ( !( (*this)[i] == other[i] ) ) return 0;\
+\
+ return 1;\
+\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const vectorClass& operator=( const vectorClass& other )\
+ {\
+ if (mpStart) \
+ {\
+ DestructRange( begin(), end() );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart; \
+ }\
+\
+ size_t newLen = difference_type( other.mpEndOfBuf - other.mpStart );\
+\
+ mpStart = (iterator)( new char[newLen*sizeof(value_type)] );\
+\
+ PlacementCopy( other.begin(), other.end(), mpStart );\
+\
+ mpEnd = mpStart + other.size();\
+\
+ mpEndOfBuf = mpStart + newLen;\
+\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( const vectorClass& other )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ {\
+ this->operator=( other );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline ~vectorClass() \
+ { \
+ if (mpStart) \
+ {\
+ DestructRange( begin(), end() );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart; \
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator begin() { return mpStart; }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator begin() const { return mpStart; }\
+\
+ inline iterator end() { return mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline size_type size() const { return (size_type)difference_type(mpEnd-mpStart); }\
+\
+ inline size_type max_size() const { return UINT_MAX/sizeof(value_type); }\
+\
+ inline size_type capacity() const \
+ { return difference_type(mpEndOfBuf-mpStart)/sizeof(value_type); }\
+\
+ inline int empty() const { return mpStart == mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline reference operator[](size_type n) { return *(mpStart+n); }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator[](size_type n) const { return *(mpStart+n); }\
+\
+ inline reference front() { return (*mpStart); }\
+ \
+ inline const_reference front() const { return (*mpStart); }\
+\
+ inline reference back() { return (*(mpEnd-1)); }\
+\
+ inline const_reference back() const { return (*(mpEnd-1)); }\
+\
+ inline void reserve(size_type n) {}\
+\
+ inline void push_back(const value_type& x)\
+ {\
+ if ( mpEnd != mpEndOfBuf ) \
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(x);\
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ DoInsert( mpEnd, x );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator insert(iterator position, const value_type& x = value_type())\
+ {\
+ if ( position == mpEnd && mpEnd != mpEndOfBuf )\
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(x);\
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ return (mpEnd-1);\
+ }\
+ else return DoInsert( position, x );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void pop_back()\
+ {\
+ DestructRange( mpEnd-1, mpEnd );\
+\
+ --mpEnd;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void erase(iterator first, iterator last)\
+ {\
+ if ( last == mpEnd )\
+ {\
+ DestructRange( first, last );\
+ mpEnd = first;\
+ return;\
+ }\
+ \
+ CopyObjects( last, last + difference_type( mpEnd - last ), first );\
+ \
+ iterator newEnd = mpEnd - difference_type( last - first );\
+ DestructRange( newEnd, mpEnd );\
+ \
+ mpEnd = newEnd;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void erase( iterator position )\
+ {\
+ erase( position, position + 1 );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void sort()\
+ {\
+ if ( size() < 2 ) return;\
+ quick_sort( 0, size()-1 );\
+ }\
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////// shallow-copy container ///////////////////////
+
+#define __DEFINE_STL_VECTOR_SHALLOW( vectorClass, Type ) class vectorClass {\
+\
+public:\
+ typedef Type value_type;\
+ typedef value_type* iterator;\
+ typedef const value_type* const_iterator;\
+ typedef iterator pointer;\
+ typedef const iterator const_pointer;\
+ typedef value_type& reference;\
+ typedef const value_type& const_reference;\
+ typedef size_t size_type;\
+ typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;\
+\
+ typedef iterator OutputIterator;\
+ typedef const_iterator InputIterator;\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ inline void PlacementCopy( const_iterator first, const_iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ memcpy(result, first, int(difference_type(last-first)*sizeof(value_type)) );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void ConstructObjects( iterator first, iterator last, const value_type& pattern )\
+ {\
+ if ( sizeof(pattern) == 1 )\
+ \
+ memset( first, int(difference_type(last-first)/sizeof(value_type)), \
+ int(*((char*)&pattern)) );\
+ else\
+ while( first != last ) \
+ *first++ = pattern;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void CopyObjects( iterator first, iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ memcpy(result, first, int(difference_type(last-first)*sizeof(value_type)) );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void CopyObjectsBack( iterator first, iterator last, iterator result )\
+ {\
+ memmove(result, first, int(difference_type(last-first)*sizeof(value_type)) );\
+ }\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ class reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ friend class vectorClass;\
+ friend class const_reverse_iterator;\
+\
+ public:\
+ iterator mpPos;\
+\
+ public:\
+\
+ reverse_iterator() {}\
+\
+ reverse_iterator ( iterator pPos )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = pPos;\
+ }\
+ \
+ int operator==( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos == rhs.mpPos); }\
+ int operator!=( const reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos != rhs.mpPos); }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = other.mpPos;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const reverse_iterator & operator++() \
+ {\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return *mpPos; }\
+ };\
+\
+\
+ class const_reverse_iterator \
+ {\
+ protected:\
+ iterator mpPos;\
+ public:\
+\
+ const_reverse_iterator() {}\
+\
+ const_reverse_iterator( const iterator pPos )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = pPos;\
+ }\
+ \
+ int operator==( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos == rhs.mpPos); }\
+ int operator!=( const const_reverse_iterator& rhs ) const { return (mpPos != rhs.mpPos); }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator( const reverse_iterator& other )\
+ {\
+ mpPos = other.mpPos;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator& operator--() \
+ {\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator--(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ --mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const const_reverse_iterator & operator++() \
+ {\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reverse_iterator operator++(int)\
+ {\
+ const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this;\
+ ++mpPos;\
+ return tmp;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator*() const { return *mpPos; }\
+ };\
+\
+protected:\
+ \
+ pointer mpStart;\
+ pointer mpEnd;\
+ pointer mpEndOfBuf;\
+\
+protected:\
+\
+ inline void quick_sort(int low, int hi) \
+ {\
+ int pivot_index;\
+ int left, right;\
+\
+ pivot_index = ( !(mpStart[low] < mpStart[low+1])) ? low : (low+1);\
+ value_type pivot_value = mpStart[pivot_index];\
+\
+ left = low; right = hi;\
+ do \
+ {\
+ while ((left <= hi) && (mpStart[left] < pivot_value)) left++;\
+\
+ while ((right >= low) && (pivot_value < mpStart[right])) right--;\
+\
+ if (left <= right) \
+ {\
+ value_type tmp = mpStart[left];\
+ mpStart[left] = mpStart[right];\
+ mpStart[right] = tmp;\
+\
+ left++;\
+ right--;\
+ }\
+ \
+ } while (left <= right);\
+ if (low < right) quick_sort(low, right);\
+ if (left < hi) quick_sort(left, hi);\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void DestructRange( iterator first, iterator last )\
+ {\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator DoInsert(iterator position, const value_type& x)\
+ {\
+ if ( mpEnd < mpEndOfBuf )\
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(*(mpEnd-1) );\
+ \
+ CopyObjectsBack( position, mpEnd, position + 1 );\
+ \
+ *position = x;\
+ \
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ \
+ return position;\
+ }\
+ \
+ size_type minBufLen = WXSTL_VECTOR_MIN_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(value_type);\
+ \
+ size_type doubledSize = size()*2;\
+ \
+ size_type newLen = ( doubledSize < minBufLen ) ? minBufLen : doubledSize;\
+ \
+ iterator pNewStart = (iterator)( new char[newLen*sizeof(value_type)] );\
+ \
+ PlacementCopy( mpStart, position, pNewStart );\
+ \
+ iterator atPosition = pNewStart + difference_type( position - mpStart );\
+ \
+ new (atPosition) value_type(x);\
+ \
+ iterator newPos = atPosition;\
+ \
+ ++atPosition;\
+ \
+ if ( mpStart ) \
+ {\
+ PlacementCopy( position, mpEnd, atPosition );\
+ DestructRange( mpStart, mpEnd );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart;\
+ }\
+ \
+ mpEnd = atPosition + difference_type( mpEnd - position );\
+ \
+ mpStart = pNewStart;\
+ mpEndOfBuf = pNewStart + newLen;\
+ \
+ return newPos;\
+ }\
+\
+public:\
+\
+ inline vectorClass() : mpStart(0), \
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ {}\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( const_iterator first, const_iterator last )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ \
+ { while( first != last ) push_back( *first++ ); }\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( size_type n, const value_type& value = value_type() )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ \
+ { for( size_type i = 0; i != n; ++i ) push_back( value ); }\
+\
+ inline int operator==( const vectorClass& other )\
+ {\
+ size_type sz = size();\
+\
+ if ( sz != other.size() ) return 0;\
+\
+ for( size_type i = 0; i != sz; ++i )\
+\
+ if ( !( (*this)[i] == other[i] ) ) return 0;\
+\
+ return 1;\
+\
+ }\
+\
+ inline const vectorClass& operator=( const vectorClass& other )\
+ {\
+ if (mpStart) \
+ {\
+ DestructRange( begin(), end() );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart; \
+ }\
+\
+ size_t newLen = difference_type( other.mpEndOfBuf - other.mpStart );\
+\
+ mpStart = (iterator)( new char[newLen*sizeof(value_type)] );\
+\
+ PlacementCopy( other.begin(), other.end(), mpStart );\
+\
+ mpEnd = mpStart + other.size();\
+\
+ mpEndOfBuf = mpStart + newLen;\
+\
+ return *this;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline vectorClass( const vectorClass& other )\
+ : mpStart(0),\
+ mpEnd(0),\
+ mpEndOfBuf(0)\
+ {\
+ this->operator=( other );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline ~vectorClass() \
+ { \
+ if (mpStart) \
+ {\
+ DestructRange( begin(), end() );\
+ delete [](char*)mpStart; \
+ }\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator begin() { return mpStart; }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator begin() const { return mpStart; }\
+\
+ inline iterator end() { return mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline size_type size() const { return (size_type)difference_type(mpEnd-mpStart); }\
+\
+ inline size_type max_size() const { return UINT_MAX/sizeof(value_type); }\
+\
+ inline size_type capacity() const \
+ { return difference_type(mpEndOfBuf-mpStart)/sizeof(value_type); }\
+\
+ inline int empty() const { return mpStart == mpEnd; }\
+\
+ inline reference operator[](size_type n) { return *(mpStart+n); }\
+\
+ inline const_reference operator[](size_type n) const { return *(mpStart+n); }\
+\
+ inline reference front() { return (*mpStart); }\
+ \
+ inline const_reference front() const { return (*mpStart); }\
+\
+ inline reference back() { return (*(mpEnd-1)); }\
+\
+ inline const_reference back() const { return (*(mpEnd-1)); }\
+\
+ inline void reserve(size_type n) {}\
+\
+ inline void push_back(const value_type& x)\
+ {\
+ if ( mpEnd != mpEndOfBuf ) \
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(x);\
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ }\
+ else\
+ DoInsert( mpEnd, x );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline iterator insert(iterator position, const value_type& x = value_type())\
+ {\
+ if ( position == mpEnd && mpEnd != mpEndOfBuf )\
+ {\
+ new (mpEnd) value_type(x);\
+ ++mpEnd;\
+ return (mpEnd-1);\
+ }\
+ else return DoInsert( position, x );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void pop_back()\
+ {\
+ DestructRange( mpEnd-1, mpEnd );\
+\
+ --mpEnd;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void erase(iterator first, iterator last)\
+ {\
+ if ( last == mpEnd )\
+ {\
+ DestructRange( first, last );\
+ mpEnd = first;\
+ return;\
+ }\
+ \
+ CopyObjects( last, last + difference_type( mpEnd - last ), first );\
+ \
+ iterator newEnd = mpEnd - difference_type( last - first );\
+ DestructRange( newEnd, mpEnd );\
+ \
+ mpEnd = newEnd;\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void erase( iterator position )\
+ {\
+ erase( position, position + 1 );\
+ }\
+\
+ inline void sort()\
+ {\
+ if ( size() < 2 ) return;\
+ quick_sort( 0, size()-1 );\
+ }\
+}
+
+
+
+// redefine below symbol to change the default allocation unit of vector content buffer
+#define WXSTL_VECTOR_MIN_BUF_SIZE 64
+
+// defines vector class, where objects are copied
+// using "deep-copy" sematics (i.e. by calling their copy constructors)
+
+#define WXSTL_VECTOR(ELEMENT_CLASS) \
+__DEFINE_STL_VECTOR_DEEP(_WXSTL_VECTOR_##ELEMENT_CLASS, ELEMENT_CLASS)
+
+// defines vector class, where objects are copied
+// using "shallow-copy" sematics (i.e. instead of calling
+// their constructors, memcpy() and memmove() are used to copy their raw data)
+
+
+#define WXSTL_VECTOR_SHALLOW_COPY(ELEMENT_CLASS) __DEFINE_STL_VECTOR_SHALLOW(_WXSTL_VECTORSC_##ELEMENT_CLASS, ELEMENT_CLASS)
+
+#endif
projects / wxWidgets.git / commitdiff
